chemical fertilizer manufacturing unit (ammonium...

ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 July 2018

APPLICANT: ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT:

GUJARAT STATE FERTILIZER & CHEMICALS LTD.

PO Fertilizer Nagar-391750,

Tal. & Dist- Vadodara

Email: [email protected]

Phone: 0265-3093092

ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES

Office Floor, Ashoka Pavilion, New Civil Road

Surat (QCI/NABET ACCREDITED NO.

NABET/EIA/1720/ RA 051)

E-mail: [email protected]

Contact No.: 0261-2231630

EIA/EMP REPORT For

CHEMICAL FERTILIZER MANUFACTURING UNIT (AMMONIUM SULPHATE)

At

PO Fertilizer Nagar, District- Vadodara, Gujarat

Land Area for AS-I: 2240 m2 in existing GSFC Complex having 32,80,000 m2

Production Capacity: 1,46,000 TPA (400 TPD)

[ToR letter No.: J-11011/123/2017-IA II (I) dtd. 17th June 2018 [Study Period: 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018]

Schedule: 5 (a) Category – A as per EIA Notification 2006

Public Hearing exempted as per OM J-11011/321/2016-IA.II(I) dtd. 27th April 2018

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

To, Dated: 12/07/2018 The Member Secretary,

Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Indira Paryavaran Bhawan,

Jor Bagh Road, New Delhi - 110003.

Subject: Undertaking on the compliance of Terms of Reference issued by the MoEF&CC, New Delhi for expansion in existing plant facility for production of Ammonium Sulphate (1,46,000 TPA) at PO Fertilizer Nagar, NH-8, District: Vadodara, Gujarat by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Reference: 1) Terms of Reference awarded by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide letter J-

11011/123/2018-IA II (I) dated 17th June, 2018 2) OM dated 05/10/2011 & 04/08/2009 issued by MoEF&CC Sir,

We, Eco Chem Sales & Services are NABET accredited consultants and hereby give you

an undertaking that we have prepared the complete EIA report based on the Terms of

Reference (ToRs) issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi. All the studies have been undertaken

with reference to the ToR points and we ensure that all the ToR points have been addressed

in the EIA/EMP report for the proposed project of expansion in existing plant facility for

production of Ammonium Sulphate (1,46,000 TPA) at PO Fertilizer Nagar, NH-8, District:

Vadodara, Gujarat by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Thanking You

Yours Sincerely,

ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES

DECLARATION OF CONSULTANT Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA/EMP report for expansion in existing plant facility for production of Ammonium Sulphate (1,46,000 TPA) at PO Fertilizer Nagar, NH-8, District: Vadodara, Gujarat by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Schedule 5(a) Category–“A” as per EIA Notification 2006 and its amendment thereof.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

Consultant : Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat

EIA co-ordinator : Mr. Jagdish A. Rathi

Signature :

Date : 12/07/2018

Period of Involvement : Feb. 2018 to Jul. 2018

Functional Area Experts

S.No. Functional area/s

Name of Expert

Involvement (Period and Task)

Signature

1. AP Mrs. Rekha

Shah

Feb. 2018 to Jul 2018 Site visit followed by selection of monitoring locations, Supervision of air quality monitoring, Identification of probable impacts of different air emission from the plants/facilities proposed, suggesting most suitable control device and contribution to EIA documentation.

2.

WP

Mrs. Rekha Shah

Feb. 2018 to Jul 2018 Site visit; supervision & selection of sampling locations for surface water & Ground water samples & their analysis results and developing scheme for reuse of water, identification of impacts, finalization of mitigation measures.

3. SHW Mr. Jagdish

A. Rathi

Feb. 2018 to Jul 2018 Identification of waste generated from the site, confirming adequacy of mitigation measures for management of hazardous waste and contribution to EIA documentation.

4. SE Mr.

Ghanshayam Patel

March 2018 to May 2018 Conducting baseline socio-economic surveys through interviews/questionnaire from the surrounding area/villages of the proposed project, impact identification and mitigation measures for incorporating to EIA documentation.

5. EB Dr. Ashok K.

Rathoure

Feb. 2018 to Jul 2018 Site visit and conduct of ecological survey and preparation of status report for rare endangered and threatned species of animals and plants and also species protected under national laws, assessment of the impacts of proposed project activities on the biological environment and contribution to EIA documentation.

S.No. Functional area/s

Name of Expert

Involvement (Period and Task)

Signature

6. HG Mr. Dhaval

Shah

March 2018 to May 2018 Understanding and representing groundwater conditions, supervision of groundwater sampling locations, finalization of survey findings, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures.

7. AQ Priyanka Verma

March 2018 to May 2018 AAQM for various parameters; Drawing isolplth and Calculation ground level concention.

8. NV Mr. Dhaval

Shah

March 2018 to May 2018 Checking of noise sampling results, analysis of data, identification of impacts and mitigation measures.

9.

LU Mr. Joshua

Anand

March 2018 to May 2018 Generation and analysis of data related to landuse pattern. Development of landuse maps of study area using ArcGIS / related tools, site visit for ground truth survey, finalization of landuse maps.

10. RH

Mr. Nilesh

Jogal

March 2018 to May 2018 Identification of hazards and hazardous substances Preparation of impacts diagrams & mitigation measures, preparation of disaster management plan.

11. GEO Mr. Ravikant Sharma

Not involved rationalized as per QCI Scheme for Accreditation Verson 3.

-

12. SC Dr. B.K. Patel

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ authorized person I, Rekha S. Shah, hereby, confirm that our experts prepared the EIA report of expansion in existing plant facility for production of Ammonium Sulphate (1,46,000 TPA) at PO Fertilizer Nagar, NH-8, District: Vadodara, Gujarat by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement. It is certified that no unethical practice like ‘copy and paste’, and used external data/text without proper acknowledgement, while preparing this EIA report. Signature :

Name : Rekha S. Shah Designation : CEO Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES

Office Floor, Ashoka Pavillion – A, Opp. Kapadia Health Club, Surat 395001 (GJ)

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date : NABET/EIA/1720/ RA 051, Valid upto February 03, 2020

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 iv

Expansion in Existing Plant Facility for Production of Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) – 1,46,000 TPA by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Vadodara Gujarat

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

1. APC- Air Pollution Control Techniques

2. EC- Environmental Clearance

3. EMP - Environmental Management Plan

4. EMS - Environmental Management System

5. CER- Corporate Environmental Responsibility

6. EMS- Environmental Management System

7. ETP- Effluent Treatment Plant

8. HSD - High Speed Diesel Oil

9. KLD- Kilo Liter per day

10. MoEF&CC - Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate change

11. MTPM – Metric ton per month

12. PH – Public Hearing

13. PM- Particulate matter

14. PPE – Personal Protective Equipment

15. STP- Sewage Treatment Plant

16. TPA- Ton per annum

17. PH – Public Hearing

18. PM- Particulate matter

19. PPE – Personal Protective Equipment

20. TPA- Ton per annum

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 v


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Project Name and Location

Name: Ammonium Sulphate (1,46,000 TPA) by GSFC Ltd.

Location: PO Fertilizer Nagar, Taluka & District: Vadodara, Gujarat

2. Products & Capacities. If expansion proposal then existing products with capacities and reference to early EC.

#. Plant Name Product Unit Production Capacity Existing Proposed Total

1. Ammonia – III Ammonia MT/year 33000 -- 33000

2. Ammonia – IV Ammonia MT/year 450000 -- 450000

Argon NM3/year 3200000 -- 3200000

3. Urea – I Urea MT/year 103200 -- 103200

4. Urea – II Urea MT/year 264000 -- 264000

5. Melamine – I Melamine MT/year 5000 -- 5000

6. Melamine – II Melamine MT/year 10000 -- 10000

7. Melamine – III Melamine MT/year 40000 -- 40000

8. Phosphoric Acid Phosphoric Acid MT/year 54000 -- 54000

Phosphogypsum* MT/year 253260 -- 253260

9. DAP/ASP/MAP/

NPK ASP MT/year 216000 -- 216000

10. Sulphuric Acid-

III Sulphuric Acid MT/year 132000 -- 132000

11. Sulphuric Acid-

IV Sulphuric Acid MT/year 445500 -- 445500

12. Cogeneration –

I

Power - 15 MWH

(131400MWPY) --

15 MWH

(131400MWPY)

Steam -

130 MT/Hr

(1138800

MTPY)

--

130 MT/Hr

(1138800

MTPY)


II

Power - 25 MWH -- 25 MWH

Steam - 130 MT/Hr -- 130 MT/Hr


III

Power - 50 MWH

(438000MWPY) --

50 MWH

(438000MWPY)

Steam -

130 MT/Hr

(1138800

MTPY)

--

130 MT/Hr

(1138800

MTPY)

15.

Caprolactam – I

(Ammonium

Sulphate-II)

Caprolactum MT/year 20000 -- 20000

Nitric Acid MT/year 8300 -- 8300

Ammonium Sulfate MT/year 80000 - 80000

16. Ammonium

Sulphate-I

Ammonium

Sulphate MT/year - 146000 146000

17.

Caprolactam –II

(Ammonium

Sulphate-III)

Ammonium Sulfate MT/year 116000 - 116000



18. Nylon – 6 Nylon – 6

Continuous/Batch) MT/year 8000 -- 8000

19. MEK Oxime – I MEK Oxime MT/year 1200 -- 1200

MEK Expansion MEK Oxime MT/year 6500 -- 6500

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 vi


20. Urea Phosphate Urea Phosphate MT/Year 1500 -- 1500

21. Methanol Methanol MT/year 191625 -- 191625

22. HAS Crystal HAS Crystal MT/year 1200 -- 1200

23.

Water Soluble

Fertilizer (WSF)

& Micronutrient

Mixture (MM)

plant

WSF – NPK

19:19:19 MT/year 21600 -- 21600

WSF - MAP /

MKP / KNO3 /

SOP

MT/year 10800 -- 10800

Micronutrient

Mixture MT/year 54 -- 54

3. Requirement of Land, Raw Material, Water, Power, Fuel with Source of supply (quantitative)

Components Quantity Source of Supply

Land, Ha. 328.00 Under possession of GSFC

Fresh Water, KLD 39.00 French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own source

Power, MW 0.5

Existing power generation plant i.e. wind mill and joint venture with GIPCL. Further GSFC has connectivity with MGVCL.

Fuel, NG, Sm

3/day 1200

4. Process Description in brief, specifically indication the gaseous emission, liquid effluent and solid/hazardous waste

Detailed Process description is given in Chapter 2.

Gaseous Emission Process Gas Emission

Only PM is envisaged during ammonium sulphate manufacturing as process gas emission.

Flue Gas Emission Only PM (PM<150 mg/Nm

3) envisaged as flue gas emission during the production of ammonium sulphate.

Adequate stack height has been provided with dust cyclone. Online Emission monitoring system is included in proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant.

Liquid Effluent The sewage which will be disposed in soak pit/septic tank. The industrial effluent will be reused in the PA

plant.

Solid and Hazardous Waste Used Oil: 0.640 TPA for expansion in AS-I.

5. Measures for mitigating the impact on the environment and mode of discharge or disposal

Sewage generated is being/will be disposed in soak pit/septic tank.

Effluent Generation will completely reuse.

All the solid/hazardous wastes is being/will be generated at the end of manufacturing process or

waste treatment process will be stored on impervious floor having roof, boundary wall and leachate

collection as well as transfer facility. Management of wastes shall be done as per Hazardous and

other waste (Management and Trans-boundary Movement), Rules 2016 of Environment Protection

Act, 1986.

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 vii


6. Capital Cost of the Project, Estimated time of completion The total project cost after expansion is Rs. 875 Lakhs.

It is estimated that Implementation of project will be completed within 3 months, considering EC

obtained day as a 1st day of implementation

7. Site selected for the project- Natural of land – Agricultural (Single/double crop), barren, Govt/Private land, status of is acquisition, nearby (in 2-3 km) water body, population, with in 10 km other industries, forest. Eco-sensitive zones, accessibility. S.No. Particulars Description Aerial Distance and Direction

1. Latitude and Longitude of the site

Latitude Longitude 22°22'26.2"N 73°09'05.3"E

22°22'24.9"N 73°09'03.8"E

22°22'26.4"N 73°09'02.9"E

22°22'27.3"N 73°09'04.2"E

2. Nearest Village (Human Settlement)

Bajwa village Approx. 1.00 Km in West direction

3. Nearest Town/City Vadodara Approx. 4.0 Km in South direction

4. Nearest National Highway

NH – 8 Approx. 0.67 Km in East direction

5. Nearest State Highway SH – 188 Approx. 0.90 Km in East direction

6. Nearest Railway station Bajwa Railway station Approx. 1.00 Km in W direction

7. Nearest Airport Vadodara Airport Approx. 10.0 Km in S direction

8. State, National Boundaries

Madhya Pradesh Approx. 95.00 Km in E direction

9. Nearest Water body

Mahi River Narmada Canal Vishwamitri River Sursagar lake

Approx. 9 Km in W direction Approx. 4 Km in S direction Approx. 8.4 km in SE direction Approx. 9.6 km in SE direction

10. Sea Arabian Sea Approx. 76 Km in West direction

11. Archaeological site None in 10 km radius of proposed project site.

--

12. National Park/ Wildlife sanctuary/ Marine sanctuary/ Reserve forest

None in 10 km radius of proposed project site.

--

13. Nearest Industry

GIDC, Nadesari, IOCL, RIL, GACL, HWP(B) are the industries within the study area.

--

14. Densely populated or built-up area

Vadodara Approx. 1.5 Km in South direction

8. Baseline environmental data – Air quality, Surface and Ground water quality, Soil characteristic, Flora and Fauna, Socio-Economic condition of the nearby population.

S. No. Parameters Baseline Status 1. Ambient Air Quality i. PM10 62.7- 86.2 µg/m

3

ii. PM2.5 32.1 – 46.2 µg/m3

iii. SO2 8.5 – 16.8 µg/m3

iv. NOx 13.7-20.8 µg/m3

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 viii


Based on comparison study of results with NAAQS for tested parameters, it is interpreted that ambient air

quality of studied locations is good as all the results of tested parameters are well within the limit.

2. Noise Level Monitoring i. Day Time (06:00 AM to 10:00 PM) 45.1 – 82.7 dB (A)

ii. Night Time (10:00 PM to 06:00 AM) 39.2 – 77.3 dB(A)

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial area, it is

interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF & CC. Looking towards the

increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise reducing devices at

noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

3. Soil Quality and Characteristics i. pH 7.42-8.22

ii. Organic Carbon 0.82-1.1 %

iii. Total Nitrogen 0.070-0.095 %

iv. Total Phosphorous 4.12 – 27.2 mg/100g

v. Exchangeable Calcium 12.1 – 20.2 mg/100g

vi. Exchangeable Magnesium 9.4- 18.6 mg/100g

Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soil at the project site is saline (EC>0.8 dS/m), which

requires application of liberal quantity of organic manures and provision of drainage. The soils are high in

nitrogen, low in phosphorus and medium to high in available potassium. The levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B

and Zn are within the limits. However, for successful greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic

manure (50 tons/ha) and double the quantity of recommended doses of P fertilizer should be applied. The

nitrogen and potassium are adequate; hence 20 % less than the recommended dose for green belt should

be applied. The soil at the project site should be periodically monitored for EC, pH and ESP as well as OC

(organic carbon), available P and K status.

4. Ground Water i. pH 6.72-8.15

ii. TDS 574-1208 mg/L

iii. Total Hardness 258-732 mg/L

iv. Total Alkalinity 252-440 mg/L

v. Chloride 155-274 mg/L

vi. Total Coliform Absent

Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms, it is interpreted that water qualities of

studied locations meet with the drinking water standards except Bajwa and Dashrath Village.Total

Hardness value for Bajwa and Dashrath village was found 640 mg/L and 732 mg/L which is more than the

value given as permissible limit. Iron content has also been found higher side in these two villages Bajwa

and Dashrath. This indicates that water quality for Bajwa and Dashrath village is not fit for drinking

purpose. Quality of water for the samples taken from other villages can be considered good and these

water sources can be used in drinking purposes in absence of alternate source as all the results are not

within the desirable limit as per drinking water norms IS 10500; 2012. Rainwater harvesting and ground

water recharging may be helpful to improve the quality of water.

5. Surface Water i. pH 6.81-8.08

ii. TDS 358-1112 mg/L

iii. TSS 10-14 mg/L

iv. DO 4.6 -5.0 mg/L

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 ix


v. COD 12-18 mg/L

vi. BOD <4-8 mg/L

Based on test result data comparison study, it is interpreted that Surface water quality do not meet with drinking water norms as per IS 10500:2012. Results of COD, BOD and Iron have been found more than expected value which indicates that water has been contaminated with organic matter. This organic contamination may be due to animal bath and death and decay of plants leaves. This water should not be directly used in drinking purpose but it can be used in drinking after conventional treatment followed by disinfection. This water can be used in irrigation and other domestic purposes.

6. Ecology and Biodiversity The study area covers largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively. The manmade habitat for fauna like Sayaji Baugh (Garden) and domesticated trees along the road, houses and some degraded forest in the study area are also observed. Peafowl (bird), flap shell Indian turtle and crocodile (reptile) are protected under Schedule- I as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 in which peafowl is very common and turtle is restricted to Sursagar Lake located at heart of the city while crocodile is restricted to Vishwamitri River as these are the niche for the turtle and crocodile. Avifauna is common as in almost area have the domesticated trees and sparse vegetation. No national park or wild life sanctuary is located in 10 km radius from the projects. The schedule –I specie has to be protected and not to be disturbed at all as per the provision of Indian Wildlife Protection Act 1972, however no impact envisaged on these species due to expansion of ammonium sulphate in the GSFC complex.

7. Socio Economic

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages within

10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 13.45% to 91.39%. On the basis of survey for

literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote education among more and more people.

Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of

unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish

more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated.

9. Identification of hazardous in handling processing and storage of hazardous material and safety system provided to mitigate the risk. After identifying hazards in handling processing and storage of hazardous material both Qualitative and

Quantitative risk has been analyzed. Mitigation measures like periodical training on fire drill and using SCBA,

conducting emergency response drill on yearly basis, training drivers for transportation of hazardous goods,

providing fire extinguishers etc.

10. Likely impact of the project on Air, Water, Land, Flora-fauna nearby population. Looking to the overall project justification, process, pollution potential and pollution prevention measures

/technologies installed by project proponent, environmental management activities; it has been concluded

that the proposed project would not have any considerable impacts on environment as well as socio-

economic and ecological conditions of the project area

11. Emergency preparedness plan in case of natural or in plant emergencies. On- Site and Off- Site emergency plan has already been prepared by including Safety committee along with

their roles and responsibilities, mutual aids arrangements, roles and responsibilities of stake holders

including stake holders, etc.

12. Issues raised during public hearing (if applicable) and response given Not Applicable.

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 x


13. Occupational Health Measures Personnel protective equipment such as safety shoes, safety goggles, hand gloves, gum boots,

safety helmet and breathing apparatus kit is being/will be given to all workers and staff. Additional

PPEs is being/will be readily available at the workplace.

Medical surveillance for the workers working in risk zone is being/will be carried out regularly.

Safety awareness programs is being/will be conducted.

14. Post Project Monitoring Plan S.No. Particulars Monitoring

Frequency Duration of Sampling

Important Monitoring Parameters

1. Air Pollution

i. Selected 4 locations in and around plant site specified by GPCB

Online Monitoring

24 hr continuously

As per GPCB / CPCB

ii. Stack gas analysis in all stacks.

Online & Manual

Monitoring

Once in Month for Manual

As per GPCB / CPCB

ii. Fugitive dust sampling (if any) at work zone as per CPCB or GPCB.

Once in quarter

- PM

2. Water Quality i. Surface Water Half yearly Grab Parameters specified

under IS:10500

ii. Water level studies in well or bore wells in plant and surrounding areas

Yearly Once Water levels and chemistry of water

3 Industrial Noise Levels 1. Major noise generating

sources at plant site Quarterly -

Noise level in dB(A)

2. Along Road for transportation noise

Quarterly - Noise level in dB(A)

Ambient Noise Levels 4 Locations Half Yearly - Noise level in dB(A)

4. Soil Characteristics Soil Selected 4 locations in

core and buffer zone in nearby area

Half Yearly One Grab sample

As per GPCB/Consent order

5. Work zone At plant site Yearly

Once in work place

Dust, Noise, etc.

6. Corporate Environmental Responsibility

In core and buffer zone in nearby villages

Half yearly

Once Activities done by Client

7. Occupational Health

Surveillance

At plant premises Half yearly

Once Employee Health Register

8. Greenbelt development

Number of plantation (Units), Number of Survived Plants/ Trees, Number of Poor Plant/ Trees

Yearly Once Tress, survival rate, landscape area.

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xi


9. Ecological Change detection

Study area Decadal Every 10 years

Land cover, forest cover, vegetation, human settlement, concrete, crop etc.

10. Environmental Audit

As per Directions of Honorary High Court,

Yearly Once As per GPCB

11. Consents and Authorization

Consent to Operate under applicable acts

Renewing 90 days before

expiry of validity

Once Before 90 days of expiry

12. Compliance of EC

Conditions

Submission of 6 monthly Compliance Reports

June and December

Twice in a year

As per EC conditions

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xii


COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCES (TOR)

The ToR has been issued by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-11011/123/2018-IA II (I) dated 17th June,

2018 under Schedule 5(a) Chemical Fertilizer Category “A” for Expansion in Existing Plant

Facility for Production of Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) – 1,46,000 TPA by Gujarat State Fertilizers &

Chemicals Ltd. Vadodara Gujarat

# ToR Reply Citation A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1. Executive summary Executive summary has been prepared and presented.

Page # v-xi

2. Introduction i. Details of the EIA

Consultant including NABET accreditation

Eco Chem Sales & Services is a NABET accredited consultant, having NABET certificate no. NABET/EIA/1720/RA 051 valid up to Feb. 03, 2020. The details of consultant have been presented in chapter 12.

Chapter 12 Page # 196-197 Annexure- VI

ii. Information about the project proponent

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Limited (GSFC) is an Indian manufacturer of fertilizers and Industrial Chemicals. Professionals manage GSFC. Currently, Shri Sujit Gulati, IAS is Managing Director of GSFC. He has 30 years‘ experience to holding various positions in Government of Gujarat and Government of India.

Chapter 1. Page # 2-3

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

The fertilizer is the basic need to plant growth and it is essential part; the benefit to local people will be in term of employment, fertilizer on subsidized cost, etc. The CER activities are being/will be carried out by GSFC in the vicinity.

Chapter 1 Page # 4

3. PROJECT DESCRIPTION i. Cost of project and time of

completion. Proposed project cost is Rs. 875.00 Lakhs for AS-1 Plant. It is estimated that implementation of project will be approx. 3 months after getting environmental clearance.

Chapter 2. Page # 20 Chapter 2. Page # 36

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

Proposed product is Ammonium Sulphate with capacity of 1, 46,000 TPA.

Chapter 2 Page # 14-15

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Details of existing products with capacities has been presented in chapter 2


iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Major raw material is Ammonia and Sulfuric acid, Raw materials are manufactured in existing GSFC premises. Transportation of raw materials mainly through pipelines from

Chapter 2 Page # 16

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xiii


storage area or manufacturing plant at GSFC premises.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

No other Chemical will be required for AS-1 unit.

Chapter 2

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

The SPM is major emission from flue gas emission and process gas emission, no industrial effluent will be discharged outside the premises, Hazardous waste like used oil will be generated which will be Collected, Store, disposed by selling to registered refiners.


vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Domestic – 2.0 KLD

Industrial – 37.0 KLD Fresh water + 400

Recycled Water = 437 KLD

Net water consumption: 439 KLD. Fresh Water = 39 KLD Sourced from French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own source)


viii. Process description along with major equipment‘s and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

Process description with material balance has been presented in chapter 2.


ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

The safety points and hazards are identified and DMP has been prepared accordingly.


x. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the

Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing /existing operation of the

The Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) plant was

established before 2006 and currently it is not

in operation. Hence there is no environmental

clearance for the proposed project. It is

revamping of existing facilities of AS-I plant.

GSFC Vadodara is situated at PO

Fertilizernagar Vadodara. There were 3

Ammonium Sulphate plants under operation

before 2006 with valid CCA (AS-I, AS-II & AS-

III). After 2006, GSFC has stopped production

of Ammonium Sulphate from AS-1 plant due

to problems faced in disposal of CaCO3

(Chalk). Now, the management has decided

to revamp AS-I plant in existing facility for the

production of Ammonium Sulphate with

production capacity of 1,46,000 TPA through

direct neutralization route where CaCO3

(Chalk) will not be produced.

The latest EC received for Melamine Plant

Annexure –X Annexure –XI

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xiv


project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIAEMP report.

SEIAA/GJ/EC/5(f)/228/2016 dated 31/03/2016

and J-11011/901/2007-IA(II) dated

31/07/2008.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006)obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

GSFC Vadodara is situated at PO

Fertilizernagar Vadodara. There were 3

Ammonium Sulphate plants under operation

before 2006 with valid CCA (AS-I, AS-II & AS-

III). After 2006, GSFC has stopped production

of Ammonium Sulphate from AS-1 plant due

to problems faced in disposal of CaCO3

(Chalk). Now, the management has decided

to revamp AS-I plant in existing facility for the

production of Ammonium Sulphate with

production capacity of 1,46,000 TPA through

direct neutralization route where CaCO3

(Chalk) will not be produced.

Annexure -XI

4. SITE DETAIL i. Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Location of the project site covering villages, and Justification for selecting the site is presented in Chapter 1 & 2.

Chapter 1 Page # 4 Chapter 2 Page # 9-10

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet.(including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

The topo-sheet has been procured from Survey of India, the study area falls on four toposheet i.e. F43H3/7. The study area map has been prepared on the same on 1:50,000 scale.

Chapter 2 Page # 12 Chapter 3 Page # 39

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

Analysis of alternatives is presented in Chapter 5.


iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Corners Latitude Longitude i 22°22'26.2"N 73°09'05.3"E

ii 22°22'24.9"N 73°09'03.8"E

iii 22°22'26.4"N 73°09'02.9"E

iv 22°22'27.3"N 73°09'04.2"E

Chapter 2 Page # 10

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

The long view and short view on Google earth Image has been shown in Chapter 2.

Chapter 2 Page # 11

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xv


vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/ Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

The layout map along with all utilities and amenities are present in Chapter 2


vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

A photograph of the proposed project is shown in this report.

Chapter 2 Page # 24

viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Total 2240 m2 land is required for AS-1 plant. Plant infrastructure is already available in existing GSFC complex thus no additional land shall be procured by the industry for proposed expansion. The land is converted into Industrial land hence no change in Land use.


ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

GIDC, Nadesari, IOCL, RIL, GACL, HWP(B) are the major industries within the study area. The area surrounding the project site is largely an agricultural land like fallow land and crop land area covering around 10.58% and 17.37 % respectively of the total study area.

Chapter 2 Page # 12 Chapter 3 Page # 56

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are presented in Chapter 3.

Chapter 3 Page # 59

xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

The drainage map of 5 km radius is presented and there is no river within 1 km radius w.r.t. project site. There is no history of flood in proposed project site.


xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the

Land (2240 m2) is in possession of the GSFC and land possession and land document is attached as Annexure-VI.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xvi


acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Annexure-VII

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

As proposed expansion of AS-1 will be developed within the premises of notified industrial area, hence R&R is not applicable.

Annexure-VII

5. FOREST & WILDLIFE RELATED ISSUES i. Permission and approval

for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable No forest land is diverted or utilized for the proposed project. Proposed expansion is located under notified industrial area.

Annexure-VII

ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha).

The area surrounding the project site is largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively of the total study area. Barren Land like Waste Land and Open Land are covering around 8.46% and 3.18% respectively. Settlement is covering around 17.67 % of the total study area.


iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

-

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-a-vis the project location and there commendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereafter.

Not Applicable

-

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

Not Applicable

-

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of

Not Applicable

-

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xvii


the National Board for Wildlife.

6. ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Hourly micrometeorological data were collected for the period 1st March 2018 to 31st

May 2018. Temperature: minimum temperature 19oC recoded in the month of March while Maximum temperature was recorded as 44.4oC on May 2018. Humidity: Minimum Humidity was recorded 10% on May 2018. Maximum Humidity was recorded as 84% on May 2018. Wind Direction: Dominant wind direction was from SW –NE during the study period. Wind speed was observed from 0.1 to 14.5 km/hr in the month of March, from 0.1 to 15.0 km/hr in the month of April and from 0.1 to 23.4 km/hr in the Month of May 2018.


ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

AAQ data has been collected for one season i.e. from 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018. . The sampling locations have been selected taking into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors. Parameters viz. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, NH3, Total fluoride, Urea dust and other parameters relevant to the project were analyzed in ambient air.


iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given along with min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters is provided.


iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guidelines.

Surface water Samples were collected from 4 numbers of locations i.e. village pond in Dashrath, Ranoli, Laxmipura river (Mahi) of study area. pH – 6.81 to 8.08 TDS – 358 to 1112 mg/L DO – 4.6 to 5 mg/L


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xviii


v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes give details.

No -

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

The ground water collected and it was observed that water qualities of studied locations meet with the drinking water standards except Bajwa and Dashrath Village.


vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Noise monitoring for 8 Locations has been done including the existing site covering all receptor and high noise generating area.


viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

The soil samples from 4 locations were collected as per CPCB guidelines and analysis report has been presented.


ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Raw material will be transported through pipelines from the GSFC premises itself. Final product will be transported through trucks and by train. Traffic study of the area on two roads viz. NH-8 has been done. Impact on traffic has been analyzed. Adequate parking arrangement has already available in the premises.

Chapter 3 Page # 60-61 Chapter 4 Page # 95-97

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Description of flora and fauna w.r.t. REET species has been presented in Chapter 3


xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

A socio-economic condition of the study area has been presented along with amenities available in the area.


7. IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of

The ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features has been done using model of ISCST3 of AermodCloudTM software. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions including transportation has been presented along with isopleths/contours on study area map.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xix


emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on allocation map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modeling – in case of discharge in water body.

No effluent will be discharged from AS-1 plant. Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate and cooling tower blow down will be sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in process. No additional effluent will be sent to out of company premises. Hence, water Quality modeling is not applicable.

-

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Impact of the transport on the surrounding environment has been assessed and it will be done by road.


iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

Sewage: Sewage will be disposed in soak pit/septic tank. Effluent: Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate will be sent to phosphoric acid plant for reuse in process. No additional effluent will be sent out of company premises.


v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Stack emission and action plan for control of emissions has been presented in this report.

Chapter 4

Page # 104

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

Adequate measures and action plan to control fugitive emission has been presented in the report.

Chapter 4

Page # 104

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xx


vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste minimization, Recycle/ reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

No Solid waste generation from proposed project except used oil (640 L/annum). and this will be disposed as per Hazardous and other Waste (Management and Trans-boundary Movement), Rules 2016

Chapter 2

Page # 33-34

Chapter 4 Page # 106 .

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

No fly ash will be generated hence no utilization will be required.

-

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Existing Total plot area – 32,80,000 m2 or

328.00 Ha. Out of total plot area 11,87,000 m2

(More than 33%) has already developed for

Greenbelt development.)


x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the groundwater and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve freshwater and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Rain water harvesting system exists at the Guest House, Science Foundation Building and Township‘s residential areas with well water recharging, roof top rain water harvesting and rain water harvesting ponds. Further to this, GSFC has constructed 16 water harvesting structure (Recharge well & Furrat system) in phase manner in 2009 & 2012. The filtrations rate is in the in the range of 65-70 M3/ Hr. of each wells. Four ponds have also been dug out to store the rain water runoff and percolate the same.


xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Capital cost of EMP= Rs. 50 Lakhs. Recurring cost = Rs. 1.5 Lakhs.


xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Post-project environmental monitoring has been detailed as per CPCB guidelines


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxi


xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster preparedness and emergency management plan including risk assessment and damage is presented in Chapter 7.


8. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH i. Plan and fund allocation to

ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

Occupational Health & Safety facilities are already in place.


ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers‘ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

A health monitoring program is/will be in place to monitor the health of the persons working on the site to ensure the health status of all concerned. The said parameters are being/ will be check before and during the employment.


iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

Existing Occupational & Safety Hazards and emergency management plan including risk assessment and damage is presented in Chapter 7. The workers are being/will be periodically observed by medical practitioners and report is/ will be maintained in the form of Health Register after implementation of the project.

Chapter 7 Page # 154-164 Annexure- VIII

iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to

Workers annual report of health status of is incorporated in Annexure-VIII.

Annexure VIII

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxii


Occupational Health and Safety.

9. CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY i. Does the company have a

well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Yes Chapter 10 Page # 184

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions) If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes Chapter 10 Page # 184

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions). Details of this system may be given.

The director is the apex body, and there will be daily reporting to director for any environmental issues by head of EMC; hierarchical system of EMC is given in chapter 10. EMC will be responsible to take care of EMS and ensure the compliance of all EC conditions.


iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

Yes Chapter 10 Page # 179-183

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labor force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

No temporary sites for construction work or

housing of construction workers will be

developed as all amenities/facilities are

available in existing plant of GSFC as well as

within the colony.

Chapter 2 Page # 28

11. ENTERPRISE SOCIAL COMMITMENT 1. Adequate funds (at least

2.5% of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and

Approx. Rs 8.75 Lakhs (1.0%) is earmarked

towards the Corporate Environmental

Responsibility (CER) as per OM 22-65/2017-

IA.III dtd 1st May 2018.

Public hearing is not applicable for expansion


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxiii


item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

in existing plant facility (AS-I) for production of

Ammonium Sulphate by Gujarat State

Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd. as this project

is located in Notified Industrial Area declared

under Gujarat Industrial Act 1962 vide

Government of Gujarat I.M.E.D Notification

No. GHU-87-46-GID-1686(i) 2338(GI) dated

31st August 1987 and as per OM J-

11011/321/2016-IA.II (I) dated 27th April 2018

12. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

No litigations pending against the proposed Expansion project.

-

13. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs.

Provided. ToR compliance

A. SPECIFIC TOR 1. Details on requirement of

energy and water along with its source and authorization from the concerned department.

Fresh Water requirement: For Construction Phase: Domestic – 0.7

KLD for construction Activity and Dust

Suppression- 1.0 KLD

For Operation Phase: Domestic: 2.0 KLD

Industrial Purpose: 37.0 KLD Fresh water +

400 Recycled Water = 437 KLD

Total Fresh water = 39 KLD

Source: French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River

(GSFC‘s own source)

Power requirement: Electricity requirement for proposed project is estimated 0.5 MW which will be produced by existing power generation plant i.e. wind mill and joint venture with GIPCL. Further GSFC has connectivity with MGVCL.

Chapter 2

Page # 24-28

2. Energy conservation in ammonia synthesis for urea production and comparison with best technology.

Not applicable.

We are/will save energy wherever applicable.

Chapter 10.

Page # 179

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxiv


3. Details of ammonia storage and risk assessment thereof.

Not applicable.

Chapter 7

Page # 121

4. Measures for control of

urea dust emissions from

prilling tower.

Not applicable.

The expansion project is manufacturing of

Ammonium Sulphate only.

-

5. Measures for reduction of

fresh water requirement.

Total 39 KLD fresh water will be required for

Domestic and Industrial use. 400 KLD

recycled water will be used. Effluent from

proposed expansion plant in form of

condensate and cooling tower blow down will

be sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in

process. Hence no water will be discharged

outside the premises.

Chapter 2

Page # 25

6. Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meet the national standards for fertilizer.

Natural Gas is used as fuel in the dryer which

is a clean fuel. Adequate stack with 21 m

height and Dust Cyclone is available as APC

to control the PM emission.

Chapter 2

Page # 32

Chapter 4

Page # 104

7. Details of fluorine recovery system in case of phosphoric acid plants and SSP to recover fluorine as hydro fluorosilicic acid (H2SiF6) and its uses.

Not applicable.

The expansion project is manufacturing of

Ammonium Sulphate only.

-

8. Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including storage, utilization and disposal of by-products viz., chalk, spent catalyst, hydro fluoro silicic acid and phosphor gypsum, sulphur muck, etc.

There is direct neutralization route where

CaCO3 (Chalk) will not be produced from

Ammonium Sulphate (AS-1) Plant.

No Solid/hazardous waste generation from

proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant except

used oil

640.00 L/annum used oil will be generated

from the AS-1 Plant which will be stored at

MM dept. in drums and final disposed

through selling to registered refiners.

Chapter 2

Page # 33-34

9. Details on existing ambient air quality for PM10, PM2.5, Urea dust*, NH3*, SO2*, NOx*,HF*,F*, Hydrocarbon (Methane and Non-Methane) etc., and expected, stack and fugitive emissions and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards.(*as applicable)

The applicable parameters which are

relevant to this project have been covered in

Air monitoring and analysis and resented in

Chapter 3.

The results showing that the concentration of

pollutants is well within the prescribed limit.

Chapter 3

Page # 46-51

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxv


10. Details on water quality parameters in and around study area such as pH, Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Free Ammonical Nitrogen, free ammonia, Cyanide, Vanadiu m, Arsenic, Suspended Solids, Oil and Grease, *Cr as Cr+6, *Total Chromium, Fluoride, etc.

The applicable parameters are relevant to

this project have been covered in water

monitoring and analysis.

Chapter 3

Page # 63-73

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxvi


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 1

1.0 PRELUDE ........................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ............................................................................................. 1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT................................ 2

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS

IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION ............................................................................... 4

1.3.1 Nature of the Project ..................................................................................................... 4

1.3.2 Size of the Project ........................................................................................................ 4

1.3.3 Location of the project .................................................................................................. 4

1.3.4 Importance to the Country and Region ......................................................................... 4

1.3.5 Demand and Supply gap .............................................................................................. 4

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY- DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT .......... 5

1.4.1 Statutory Applicable to the Company ............................................................................ 5

1.4.2 Scope of the Study ....................................................................................................... 5

1.4.3 Structure of EIA Report ................................................................................................. 5

1.5 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................................... 7

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 9

2.0 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 9

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT AND CAPACITY ................................................................................. 9

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................................... 9

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PORJECT ........................................................................................... 9

2.4 SALIENT FEATURES OF STUDY AREA .......................................................................... 12

2.5 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ........................................................................ 14

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION .............................................................. 14

2.6.1 Production Capacity.................................................................................................... 14

2.6.2 About Revamping ....................................................................................................... 15

2.6.3 Chemical Composition of Raw Materials (CAS) .......................................................... 16

2.6.4 List of Machinery / Equipment ..................................................................................... 16

2.6.5 Manufacturing Process of Ammonium Sulphate ......................................................... 17

2.6.6 Investment .................................................................................................................. 20

2.6.7 Land ........................................................................................................................... 20

2.6.7.1 Site Layout Plan ...................................................................................................... 21

2.6.8 Water Requirement .................................................................................................... 24

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxvii


2.6.9 Power Requirement .................................................................................................... 27

2.6.10 Fuel ............................................................................................................................ 27

2.6.11 Manpower Requirement ............................................................................................. 27

2.6.12 Utilities ........................................................................................................................ 28

2.7 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES ...................................................................................... 28

2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND ITS CONTROL (DESCRIPTION OF THE ASPECTS OF

THE PROJECT LIKELY TO CAUSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT) ............................................. 29

2.8.1 Air Emission ............................................................................................................... 29

2.8.2 Noise Pollution............................................................................................................ 32

2.8.3 Waste water Generation and Treatment ..................................................................... 32

2.8.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation ..................................................................... 33

2.9 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY ............................................. 34

2.10 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND ITS CONTROL MEASURES ............................................ 34

2.11 PROPOSED SCHEDULED FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION .......................... 36

2.12 SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................ 36

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................ 38

3.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 38

3.1 BASELINE STUDY AREA AND PERIOD .......................................................................... 38

3.2 VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS (VECS) ..................................................... 38

3.3 METHODOLOGY .............................................................................................................. 39

3.3.1 Frequency of Sampling ............................................................................................... 39

3.3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis ....................................................... 40

3.4 MICROMETEOROLOGY ................................................................................................... 42

3.4.1 Temperature ............................................................................................................... 43

3.4.2 Humidity ..................................................................................................................... 43

3.4.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction ................................................................................. 45

3.4.4 Wind Rose .................................................................................................................. 45

3.4.5 Interpretation of Micrometeorological Data ................................................................. 46

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................... 46

3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations ................................................................................. 46

3.5.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling .................................................................... 48

3.5.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis ..................................................................... 48

3.5.4 Quality of Ambient Air ................................................................................................. 49

3.5.5 Summary of Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................. 50

3.5.6 Interpretation of Ambient Air Quality Data ................................................................... 51

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxviii


3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 51

3.6.1 Sources of Noise Pollution .......................................................................................... 51

3.6.2 Noise Level in the Study Area ..................................................................................... 51

3.6.3 Summary of Noise Data .............................................................................................. 54

3.6.4 Interpretation of Noise Data ........................................................................................ 54

3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................... 54

3.7.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study area ............................................................................ 54

3.7.2 Drainage & Elevation Map .......................................................................................... 56

3.7.3 Summary and Interpretation of Land Use Map............................................................ 59

3.8 HYDRO-GEOLOGY ........................................................................................................... 59

3.8.1 Regional Geomorphology and Topography ................................................................ 59

3.8.2 Geology ...................................................................................................................... 59

3.8.3 Drainage Pattern ........................................................................................................ 59

3.8.4 Natural Hazards .......................................................................................................... 59

3.8.5 Hydrology and Ground Water ..................................................................................... 59

3.9 TRAFFIC STUDY .............................................................................................................. 60

3.9.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study ...................................................................................... 61

3.10 SOIL QUALITY .................................................................................................................. 61

3.10.1 Summary of Soil Data ................................................................................................. 62

3.10.2 Interpretation of Soil Data ........................................................................................... 63

3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................. 63

3.11.1 Reconnaissance ......................................................................................................... 63

3.11.2 Water Quality .............................................................................................................. 63

3.11.3 Sampling and Analysis ............................................................................................... 63

3.11.4 Ground Water ............................................................................................................. 64

3.11.5 Summary of Ground Water Quality ............................................................................. 68

3.11.6 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Data ............................................................... 68

3.11.7 Surface Water............................................................................................................. 68

3.11.8 Summary of Surface Water Quality ............................................................................. 73

3.11.9 Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Data .............................................................. 73

3.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ....................................................................................... 73

3.12.1 Methodology ............................................................................................................... 73

3.12.2 Floral Diversity of the Study Area................................................................................ 74

3.12.3 Faunal Diversity of the Study Area .............................................................................. 78

3.12.4 Mammals .................................................................................................................... 78

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxix


3.12.5 Birds ........................................................................................................................... 79

3.12.6 Interpretation of Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................................... 80

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................... 80

3.13.1 Socio-Economic Survey Methodology ........................................................................ 81

3.13.2 Demography ............................................................................................................... 81

3.13.3 Population Density ...................................................................................................... 81

3.13.4 Sex Ratio .................................................................................................................... 82

3.13.5 Literacy Rate .............................................................................................................. 83

3.13.6 Economic Aspects ...................................................................................................... 86

3.13.7 Infrastructures Resource base .................................................................................... 89

3.13.8 Education ................................................................................................................... 89

3.13.9 Medical/Primary Health Care ...................................................................................... 89

3.13.10 Drinking Water ........................................................................................................ 89

3.13.11 Drainage and Sanitation Facilities ........................................................................... 89

3.13.12 Communication ....................................................................................................... 90

3.13.13 Transportation ......................................................................................................... 90

3.13.14 Road Approach ....................................................................................................... 90

3.13.15 Bank Facilities ......................................................................................................... 90

3.13.16 Power Supply .......................................................................................................... 90

3.13.17 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data .................................................................... 91

3.14 Summary ........................................................................................................................... 91

4. IMPACT PREDICTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES ......................................... 94

4.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 94

4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE ................................................................................................. 94

4.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE ................. 94

4.3.1 Matrix Representation ................................................................................................. 94

4.3.2 Air Environment .......................................................................................................... 95

4.3.3 Air Quality Index ......................................................................................................... 97

4.3.4 Air Modeling Study ..................................................................................................... 98

4.3.5 Air Environment ........................................................................................................ 104

4.3.6 Water Environment ................................................................................................... 105

4.3.7 Soil Environment ...................................................................................................... 105

4.3.8 Noise Environment ................................................................................................... 106

4.3.9 Land Use/Land Cover, Hydrogeology and Geology .................................................. 106

4.3.10 Solid/Hazardous Wastes .......................................................................................... 106

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxx


4.3.11 Risk and Hazards ..................................................................................................... 107

4.3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity ........................................................................................... 108

4.3.13 Socio-Economic ........................................................................................................ 108

4.4 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................. 110

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ( SITE & TECHNOLOGY) ................................. 111

5.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 111

5.1 ALTERNATIVE FOR SITE ............................................................................................... 111

5.2 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGY AND OTHER PARAMETER ................................. 111

5.2 SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................... 113

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ..................................................... 114

6.0 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ...................................................... 114

6.1 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MITIGATION MEASURES .................................... 114

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING .................................................................................. 114

6.2.1 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................... 115

6.2.2 Emission from Plant .................................................................................................. 115

6.2.3 Noise Levels ............................................................................................................. 115

6.2.4 Soil Sampling ........................................................................................................... 115

6.2.5 Wastewater Quality .................................................................................................. 115

6.2.6 Solid / Hazardous Waste Generation & Utilization .................................................... 116

6.2.7 Green belt development ........................................................................................... 116

6.2.8 Housekeeping & Work Place Monitoring ................................................................... 116

6.2.9 Occupational Health & Safety ................................................................................... 116

6.3 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES ................................................................................. 118

6.4 DOCUMENTATION & RECORDS ................................................................................... 118

6.5 BUDGETARY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................... 118

6.6 SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................... 119

7 ADDITIONAL STUDY ............................................................................................ 120

7.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 120

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ............................................................................................... 120

7.2 RISK AND HAZARD STUDY ........................................................................................... 120

7.2.1 Details of Storage Facilities at Site ........................................................................... 120

7.5 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT .................................................................................... 123

7.6 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT ............................................................................ 131

7.6.1 Ammonia .................................................................................................................. 139

7.6.2 Results of Consequence Analysis............................................................................. 142

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxxi


7.6.3 Specific mitigation measures for safety at storage area for Hazardous chemicals .... 143

7.6.4 Mitigation Measures against Risk ............................................................................. 144

7.7 SAFETY MEASURES FOR TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF

CHEMICALS .............................................................................................................................. 145

7.8 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM / FIRE CONTROL PLAN ....................................................... 147

7.8.1 Safety Precautions system for visitor ........................................................................ 148

7.9 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) ....................................................................... 149

Basic Contents of DMP ........................................................................................................... 149

7.9.1 On-Site Emergency .................................................................................................. 150

7.9.2 Off-Site Emergency .................................................................................................. 151

7.9.3 Structure of Emergency Management System .......................................................... 154

7.9.4 List of appliances with GSFC .................................................................................... 154

7.9.5 Engineering Services ................................................................................................ 155

7.9.6 Storage Hazards and Controls .................................................................................. 155

7.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY (OHS) ............................................................... 158

7.10.1 Occupational Health ................................................................................................. 158

7.10.2 Hospital Facilities /Factory Medical Officer & OHC ................................................... 159

7.10.3 Ambulance Van & First Aid Box ................................................................................ 159

7.10.4 Plan for Periodic Medical Checkup ........................................................................... 159

7.10.5 Details of Occupational Health Impacts and Safety Hazards .................................... 159

7.10.6 Safety Trainings and Mock Drills .............................................................................. 159

7.10.7 Mock Drills ................................................................................................................ 159

7.10.8 Work Place Monitoring Plan ...................................................................................... 160

7.11 SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................... 160

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ............................................................................................ 161

8.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 161

8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS .................................................................................................... 161

8.2 ECOLOGICAL BENEFITS ............................................................................................... 162

8.3 SOCIAL BENEFITS ......................................................................................................... 162

8.3.1 Social Activity carried out by GSFC .......................................................................... 162

8.3.2 Employment Potential ............................................................................................... 166

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ....................................................................................... 166

8.5 SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................... 166

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS .................................................. 167

9.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 167

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxxii


9.1 APPLICABILITY OF CBA AND SUMMARY ..................................................................... 167

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................... 168

10.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 168

10.1 PERSISTENCE ............................................................................................................... 168

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................................................... 168

10.3 EMP FOR OPERATION PHASE ..................................................................................... 168

10.3.1 Water Environment ................................................................................................... 168

10.3.2 Air Environment ........................................................................................................ 170

10.3.3 Solid / Hazardous Waste Management ..................................................................... 170

10.3.4 Noise Management .................................................................................................. 170

10.3.5 Kitchen Waste Management ..................................................................................... 171

10.3.6 Co processing of Hazardous Waste .......................................................................... 171

10.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY ........................................................................... 171

10.5 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY (CER) .......................................... 172

10.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ...................................................................................... 173

10.7 RESOURCES CONSERVATION ..................................................................................... 174

10.7.1 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) .................................................................................. 174

10.7.2 Energy Conservation ................................................................................................ 175

10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)........................................................... 175

10.9 BUDGET FOR EMP ........................................................................................................ 179

10.10 INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM POLICY ((Covering Responsible care, Quality,

Environment, Occupational Health, Safety and Energy) ............................................................. 180

10.12 PLAN OF COMPLIENCE ON CREP GUIDELINE ........................................................ 180

10.12 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................... 184

11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ................................................................................ 185

11.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 185

11.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 185

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................... 185

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................... 185

11.4 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ........................................................................ 187

11.5 ANALYSIS of ALTERNATIVE SITE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) ......................................... 188

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ........................................................................ 188

11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................... 188

11.8 PROJECT BENEFIT ........................................................................................................ 188

11.9 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................................................ 189

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxxiii


11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................. 189

11.11 CONCLUSION & RECOMMENDATIONS .................................................................... 189

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED ...................................................... 190

12.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 190

12.1 ABOUT CONSULTANT ................................................................................................... 190

12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS ..................................................................................................... 190

12.3 LABORATORY INVOLVED FOR BASELINE MONITORING & OTHER ANALYSIS ........ 190

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxxiv


LIST OF TABLE

Table 1.1: Details of Board of Directors ............................................................................................. 3

Table 2.1: Salient Features (Valued Environmental Components) ................................................... 12

Table 2.2 Salient Features of Chemical Fertilizer Plant .................................................................... 13

Table 2.3: List of Existing and Proposed Products ........................................................................... 14

Table 2.4: List of Raw Material for the production of Ammonium Sulphate and its Source ............... 16

Table 2.5 Project Cost Bifurcation .................................................................................................... 20

Table 2.6 Land Breakup ................................................................................................................... 20

Table 2.7 : Land Breakup for AS-1 ................................................................................................... 21

Table 2.8: Fresh Water Consumption .............................................................................................. 25

Table 2.9: Manpower Requirement for the Current Proposal ........................................................... 28

Table 2.10: Proposed Infrastructure ................................................................................................. 29

Table 2.11: Flue Gas Emission from Existing units .......................................................................... 29

Table 2.12: Process Emission .......................................................................................................... 31

Table 2.13: Wastewater Generation from AS-I plant ........................................................................ 33

Table 2.14: Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation & Management ..................................................... 33

Table 2.15 Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase ........................................................... 34

Table 2.16 Project Implementation Schedule (Time in months) ....................................................... 36

Table 3.1 Frequency of Environmental Monitoring ........................................................................... 40

Table 3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis ............................................................. 40

Table 3.3 Meteorological Condition of Study Area ........................................................................... 42

Table 3.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region ......................................... 48

Table 3.5 Details of Analysis Method ............................................................................................... 48

Table 3.6 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5 .................................. 49

Table 3.7 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of SO2 and NOx ....................................... 49

Table 3.8 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of NH3 and HF ......................................... 50

Table 3.9 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of Fluoride and Urea Dust ........................ 50

Table 3.10 Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region ............................................................ 52

Table 3.11 Noise Monitoring report during day time ......................................................................... 53

Table 3.12 Noise Monitoring report during night time ....................................................................... 53

Table 3.13 Land use Statistics (10 km) ............................................................................................ 56

Table 3.14 Traffic Study Report ....................................................................................................... 60

Table 3.15 Existing Traffic Scenario with respect to LOS ................................................................. 60

Table 3.16 Details of Soil sampling location ..................................................................................... 61

Table 3.17 Soil Sample Analysis Result ........................................................................................... 62

Table 3.18 Details of Ground Water sampling locations ................................................................... 65

Table 3.19 Ground water Analysis Results ...................................................................................... 65

Table 3.20 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ................................................................. 69

Table 3.21 Surface Water Analysis Results ..................................................................................... 70

Table 3.22 Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water ....................................................................... 72

Table 3.23 Standard limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological parameters .............................. 72

Table 3.24 Trees Species of Study Area .......................................................................................... 74

Table 3.25 Shrub Species ................................................................................................................ 75

Table 3.26 Herbs Species of Study Area ......................................................................................... 76

Table 3.27 Climber Species ............................................................................................................. 77

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxxv


Table 3.28 Grasses ......................................................................................................................... 78

Table 3.29 Mammals in the Study Area ........................................................................................... 78

Table 3.30 Domestic Mammals in the Study Area ............................................................................ 78

Table 3.31 Avi Fauna ....................................................................................................................... 79

Table 3.32 List of Reptiles in the Study Area ................................................................................... 79

Table 3.33 Detail of Fishes .............................................................................................................. 80

Table 3.34 Details of Population in Study Area ................................................................................ 81

Table 3.35 Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area ................................................................................. 82

Table 3.36 Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area ............................................................................ 83

Table 3.37 Details of Occupational Structure ................................................................................... 86

Table 3.38 Education Facilities ........................................................................................................ 89

Table 3.39 Medical/Primary Health Care Facilities ........................................................................... 89

Table 3.40 Drinking Water Facilities ................................................................................................. 89

Table 3.41 Drainage and Sanitation Facilities .................................................................................. 89

Table 3.42 Communication Facilities ............................................................................................... 90

Table 3.43 Transportation Facilities ................................................................................................. 90

Table 3.44 Road Approach Facilities ............................................................................................... 90

Table 3.45 Bank Facilities ................................................................................................................ 90

Table 3.46 Power Supply Facilities .................................................................................................. 90

Table 4.1 Impact Identification Matrix (Operation Phase) ................................................................. 94

Table 4.2 Environmental Impact Matrix without Mitigation (Operation Phase) .................................. 95

Table 4.3: Recommendations on Traffic Capacity as per IRC 2010 ................................................. 96

Table-4.4: Transportation of product during Operation Phase .......................................................... 96

Table 4.5: Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS .................................................................................. 96

Table 4.6: AQI Categories ............................................................................................................... 97

Table 4.7: Parameters for ISCST3 ................................................................................................... 98

Table 4.8: Data Considered for Air Modeling for proposed project ................................................... 99

Table 4.9: Ground Level Concentration value .................................................................................. 99

Table 4.10: Resultant Concentrations Value .................................................................................. 100

Table 4.11: Impact and Mitigation Measures for on Air Environment .............................................. 104

Table 4.12: Impact and its Mitigation Measures for on Water Environment .................................... 105

Table 4.13: Impact and its Mitigation Measures for on Soil Environment ....................................... 105

Table 4.14: Impact on and its Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment ................................... 106

Table 4.15: Impact on Land Cover/ Land Use Environment and its Mitigation Measures ............... 106

Table 4.16: Impact due to Solid/ Hazardous Wastes and its Mitigation Measures .......................... 106

Table 4.17: Impact due to Risk & Hazard and its Mitigation Measures ........................................... 107

Table 4.18: Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity and its Mitigation Measures ................................. 108

Table 4.19: Impact on and its Mitigation Measures for Socio-Economic Environment .................... 108

Table 4.20. Environmental Impact Matrix with Mitigation measures in Operation Phase ................ 109

Table 5.1 Alternative for Technology and other Parameter ............................................................ 111

Table 6.1: Implementation Schedule for Monitoring Program ......................................................... 114

Table 6.2: Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameter ....................................................... 116

Table 6.3: Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis .......................................................... 118

Table: 7.1 Storage Facility of Products .......................................................................................... 120

Table 7.2 Physico-chemical properties of Goods ........................................................................... 121

Table 7.3 Scenarios for Simulation ................................................................................................ 122

Table: 7.4 Risk Matrix for Qualitative Risk Assessment ................................................................. 123

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxxvi


Table 7.5: Risk Acceptability Criteria .............................................................................................. 123

Table 7.6 Associated Hazards and its Mitigation Measures during Storage and handling of Solid

Chemicals ...................................................................................................................................... 124

Table 7.7 Storage and Handling of Corrosive chemicals ................................................................ 126

Table 7.8 Storage and Handling of Toxic chemical like Ammonium Sulphate and Ammonia. ........ 128

Table 7.9: Event Classification ....................................................................................................... 131

Table 7.10: Damage due to Radiation Intensity ............................................................................. 132

Table 7.11: Overpressure Damage ................................................................................................ 133

Table 7.12: Weather Condition Selected ........................................................................................ 136

Table 7.13: Effect Distance due to Release of Ammonia ............................................................... 139

Table 7.14: On-Site Emergency Planning ...................................................................................... 150

Table 8.1 Funds utilized Under Corporate Social Responsibility (from 2014- 2018) ....................... 165

Table 10.1: Waste water Generation from AS-1 Plant .................................................................... 169

Table 10.2 Budget of CER ............................................................................................................. 172

Table 10.3: Details of Plantation in entire GSFC complex .............................................................. 173

Table 10.4 Responsibility of Environment Management Cell.......................................................... 177

Table 10.5: Capital cost of Environmental Management Plan ........................................................ 180

Table 12.1: Team Members (TM)/FAA involved in EIA studies and EMP Preparation ................... 190

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 xxxvii


LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2.1: Map showing general and specific location of project site .............................................. 10

Figure 2.2(a): Short View Google Earth Image of project site ........................................................... 11

Figure 2.2(b): Long View Google Earth Image of project site ........................................................... 11

Figure 2.3: Material Balance and Process Flow diagram of AS ........................................................ 19

Figure 2.4: Plant Layout of GSFC complex showing AS-I plant (blue colour) ................................... 22

Figure 2.5 Layout Plan for Proposed AS-I Plant ............................................................................... 23

Figure 2.6: Photographs showing Project site .................................................................................. 24

Figure 2.7 Proposed Water Consumption for Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) Expansion Project .......... 25

Figure 2.8 Existing Water Balance Diagram of GSFC Vadodara complex........................................ 26

Figure 2.9 Water Balance Diagram of GSFC Vadodara complex after Expansion ........................... 27

Figure 3.1: Schematic presentation of Valued Environmental Component ....................................... 38

Figure 3.2 Study Area Map .............................................................................................................. 39

Figure 3.3 Photograph showing the sampling activity ...................................................................... 42

Figure 3.4 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation .................................. 43

Figure 3.5 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation ........................................ 44

Figure 3.6 Wind Rose Diagram ........................................................................................................ 45

Figure 3.7 Map showing the Study Region location of Ambient Air .................................................. 47

Figure 3.8 Map showing the study region location of Noise ............................................................. 52

Figure 3.9 Methodology Used for Land use Classification ................................................................ 55

Figure 3.10 Land Use Map .............................................................................................................. 55

Figure 3.11 Land use Statistics (10 Km) .......................................................................................... 56

Figure 3.12 Drainage Map ............................................................................................................... 57

Figure 3.13 Digital Elevation Map .................................................................................................... 58

Figure 3.14 Map showing the study region location of Soil ............................................................... 61

Figure 3.15 Map showing the study region with locations for Ground Water .................................... 64

Figure 3.16 Map showing the locations for Surface water ................................................................ 69

Figure 3.17 Graph of Literacy Rate .................................................................................................. 85

Figure 4.1: Isopleths of PM ............................................................................................................ 101

Figure 4.2: Isopleths of NOx .......................................................................................................... 102

Figure 4.3: Isopleths of SO2 ........................................................................................................... 103

Figure 7.1 Plant layout ................................................................................................................... 138

Figure 7.2: Toxic effect distance Contour due to 20% rupture of incoming pipeline from Ammonia IV

plant to AS-I Plant at weather condition 2.0/E ................................................................................ 140

Figure 7.3: Toxic effect distance Contour due to FB rupture of incoming pipeline from Ammonia IV

plant to AS-I Plant at weather condition 4.0/D ................................................................................ 141

Figure 7.4 Photos showing fire rescue operation in GSFC Baroda................................................. 144

Figure 7.5: Fire Hydrant Layout Plan ............................................................................................. 148

Figure 7.6 Permanent Assembly points in GSFC ........................................................................... 156

Figure10.1: Flow Diagram of Water Balance .................................................................................. 169

Figure 10.2: Photos showing Rain Water Harvesting ..................................................................... 175

Figure 10.3 Organogram of Environment Management Cell .......................................................... 176

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 Chapter – 1 1


1 INTRODUCTION 1.0 PRELUDE Ammonium sulfate (abbreviated as AS or AMS) has been produced for more than 150 years.

Initially, it was made from ammonia released during manufacturing coal gas (used to illuminate

cities) or from coal coke used to produce steel. Today, manufacturers make it by reacting sulfuric

acid with heated ammonia. To get the crystal size best suited for the application, they control the

reaction conditions by screening and drying the particles until achieving the desired size. Some

materials are coated with a conditioner to reduce dust and caking. After addition to soil, the

ammonium sulfate rapidly dissolves into its ammonium and sulfate components. If it remains on the

soil surface, the ammonium may be susceptible to gaseous loss in alkaline conditions. In these

situations, agronomists advise incorporating the material into the soil as soon as possible. EIA study

is an essential tool to help to the decision maker for approving the project about the impact on local

and remote Environment, societal benefits and losses if any, related to development in a particular

region. Chemical fertilizers unit are important for the nation as well as for agriculture. The primary

use of ammonium sulfate is as a fertilizer for alkaline soils. In the soil the ammonium ion is released

and forms a small amount of acid, lowering the pH balance of the soil, while contributing essential

nitrogen for plant growth. The need to avoid adverse impacts and to ensure long-term benefits has

led to the concept of sustainability. This has become accepted as an essential feature of

development for increased well-being and greater equity in fulfilling basic needs is to be met for

future generations. Mankind, as it is developed today, cannot live without taking up developmental

activities for the food, security and other needs. Consequently, there is a need to harmonize

developmental activities with the environmental concerns. An Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA) may be defined as:

EIA is an assessment of the possible impact—positive or negative—that a proposed or expansion

project may have on the environment, together consisting of the natural, social and economic

aspects. The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that decision makers to consider the

environmental impacts along with mitigation measures when deciding whether to proceed with a

project or not. EIA has three main functions:

To predict problems (Impact Assessment),

To find ways to avoid them (Mitigation Measures),

To enhance positive impacts (Environmental Management Plan).

It is required that every project proponent must take Environmental Clearance from Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi/SEIAA before starting up any

project as per EIA legislation. The environmental clearance is also mandatory for the expansion,

modernization; this is applicable as per the MoEF&CC guidelines and EIA notifications 2006 and

amended from time to time.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Located at Fertilizer Nagar, Tal. & Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat

State intends to setup new Ammonium Sulphate fertilizer manufacturing facility at its existing

Ferilizers complex at Vadodara.

The purpose of this report is to comply with Terms of Reference (TOR) finalized by EAC, New Delhi

vide letter IA-J-11011/123/2018-IA-II(I) dated 17th June 2018 as a part of Environmental Clearance



process as mentioned in EIA Notification 2006 and amendments till date. The report is prepared

based on General Structure of EIA given in Appendix III and IIIA of mentioned EIA Notification.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT Project Proposed project is to develop manufacturing facility of Ammonium Sulphate Plant having capacity

1,46,000 MTPA by revamping of available facilities and infrastructures. As per the Environment

Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006 and its amendment thereafter, the

proposed project Manufacturing of Chemical fertilizer (AS) falls in Category A under project activity

5(a).

Project Proponent

GSFC was incorporated in 1962 and its plants went into production of fertilizers in 1967 GSFC has set up the first DAP fertilizer complex in India at Sikka, Jamnagar on the west coast of Gujarat. GSFC was the first Company in India to establish a Caprolactam plant in the year 1974. This was the apt time when Caprolactam was in great demand mainly for the manufacture of downstream products like nylon yarn, tyre cord etc. As a way forward, it led to expansion into Nylon-6 production. GSFC was also the first to recover Argon gas from purge gas, thus entering into the foray of industrial gases by making Argon gas which is prominently used in welding and this was done way back in the year 1981. GSFC also has to its credit of setting up India's first Melamine plant.

As a step towards backward integration as well as a part of global trotting for feed-stocks has

participated in a joint venture in Tunisia viz. Tunisian Indian Fertilizers S.A. (TIFFERT), this would

ensure the consistent supply 1,80,000 TPA of additional Phosphoric Acid per annum required for the

production of DAP. The Company during the period of past half decade has entered the Second

Green Revolution phase by developing alternative energy generation facilities and initiating the

spread of drip irrigation systems in Gujarat. The Company has provided valuable services to farmers

by way of agricultural inputs and marketing support. Entering the second green revolution, GSFC

continued its role of encouraging agricultural growth by developing and supplying Bio-Fertilizers and

Bio-technology products to the farmers under one roof. The Company has also advanced Tissue

Culture facilities to support horticulture and other crops. In order to provide farmers with high-tech

inputs, GSFC has formed 100% subsidiary GSFC Agrotech Limited for research and production of

liquid bio-fertilizers, Plant Growth Promoters-Sardar Amin Granules/liquid, Tissue culture and Seeds.

GSFC also promoted Gujarat Green Revolution Company Limited (GGRC) to promote drip-irrigation

and sprinkler irrigation systems amongst farmers so as to optimize the usage of water and

implementation/monitoring the Government subsidy scheme in co-ordination with GSFC. The major

achievements of the company during the able leadership of Shri Narendra Modi, as Chief Minister

can be summarized below:

1. GSFC could achieve consistent profitability record and it has touched its highest profits during

the period 2001-02 to 2012-13. Its net profit touched ever highest level of Rs.759 Crores during

2011-12 and the total profit after tax during 2001-02 to 2012-13 was Rs.3594 Crores, as

compared to total profit after tax of Rs. 1166 Crores earned during the period 1988-89 to 1999-

2000.

2. Significantly, GSFC, which was under loss in the year 2001-02 and 2002-03 on account of

various factors, not only turned around but also earned its highest ever profit. Turn-over per

share increased from Rs.255/- to Rs.665/- per share.



3. During this period, GSFC diversified into new chemicals like MEK-Oxime and other raw materials

such as Phosphoric Acid, Potassic Acid, etc. It also diversified and increased significantly its

Fertilizers portfolio. Its Fertilizers manufacturing capacity today stands at 1.7 Million Tons. It also

added significantly to its wind energy portfolio which stands at over 150 MW. The total projects

invested by GSFC during the period of Hon'ble Chief Minister is Rs. 8340 Crores.

4. This performance of the company is brought out amply by investments made by domestic

institutional investors as well as foreign institutional investors which stands at close to 40% of its

total paid up capital.

All these steps are in line with GSFC's mission of becoming a world-class, multi-product, eco-friendly global company contributing to the nation as well as for the welfare of society at large.

Location of Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. decided to revamp and operate ideal existing Ammonium

Sulphate –I Plant at existing GSFC complex i.e. P.O. Fertilizer Nagar–391750, District – Vadodara,

of Gujarat state. GSFC has proposed to expand production capacity within existing unit at

32,80,000.00 m2 area. Registered Address P.O. Fertilizer Nagar–391750, District – Vadodara, of Gujarat state.

Email: [email protected]

Phone No.: 0265-3093092

Board of Directors of the Company

Professionals manage GSFC. The key Members are as below:

Table 1.1: Details of Board of Directors Name Post Qualification Experience

Dr. J N Singh Chairman IAS More than 33 years.

Shri D.C. Anjaria Director M.B.A. from IIM, More than 45 Years.

Dr. Vasant P. Gandhi Director Ph.D., M.S. and M.A. from Stanford, and PGP from Indian Institute of

Management (IIM), Ahmedabad.

More than 40 Years.

Shri Ajay N. Shah Director IIT, Bombay and USC, Los Angeles

More than 25 Years.

Shri Vijai Kapoor Director MA (Math‘s), IAS More than 45 Years.

Smt. Geeta Goradia Director MA Honors in Industrial Economics and Law from M.S.University,

Vadodara.

More than 30 Years. She is the first lady to hold this position in the FGI ever since its inception in 1918.

Shri Sujit Gulati Managing Director

IAS More than 30 Years.



1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION 1.3.1 Nature of the Project The proposed project falls under Category-A, under section 5(a) – Chemical Fertilizer as per the EIA

Notification, dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments thereafter.

1.3.2 Size of the Project The capacity of the ammonium sulphate production is 1,46,000 TPA (400 TPD) for AS-I plant. Total

land occupied by AS-I Plant is 2240 m2 in the existing premises of GSFC. Estimated cost of this

project will be about Rs.875.00 Lakhs including EMP.

1.3.3 Location of the project P.O. Fertilizer Nagar–391750, District – Vadodara, of Gujarat state

1.3.4 Importance to the Country and Region Since agriculture is a very important sector it goes without saying that the fertilizer industry is one

which the Indian economy cannot do without. The fertilizer industry in India is extremely vital as it

manufactures some of the most important raw materials required for crop production. The primary

objective of this industry is to ensure the inflow of both primary and secondary elements required for

crop production in the desirable quantities.

The importance of fertilizer industry can be attributed because of the following reasons:

In India, over 50% of the land is under agriculture, employing 60% of the population and

contributing to 15% of the GDP. With such excess dependency of agriculture, importance of

fertilizer comes naturally.

Productivity Challenge: With the population of 1.25 billion, India‘s food security requires high

agricultural productivity and thus need for fertilizer arise.

Soil Fertility Issue: With such large population to support, and limited land availability has put

soil fertility to test, and thus dependency over fertilizer has increased.

1.3.5 Demand and Supply gap Overall market size of Ammonium Sulphate is about 6 LMT/Annum. Domestic production accounts

for 5.5 to 6 LMT whereas, imports ranges from 0.5 to 1 LMT annually.

# Year Production Imports Sales *

1. 2014-15 581.5 155.3 508.55

2. 2015-16 560.1 50.9 448.87

3. 2016-17 632.3 114.6 426.09

Figures in ‗000 MT

* Sales data of imported AS are not captured in FMS and therefore, it is not included here.

With increasing awareness about Sulphur deficiency, we expect better demand for AS in coming

years. However, because of very low prices of Urea, besides availability of steel grade AS at half of

the price of Capro grade AS, there is a price resistance in case of standard Caprolactam grade AS.

MRP of our AS is Rs.11000 per MT and subsidy is Rs. 4408 PMT. Only GSFC and FACT are the

domestic manufacturers. GSFC is also importing AS on east coast, besides own production.



1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY- DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT The EIA/EMP report has been prepared in line with approved standard ToR issued by EAC,

MoEF&CC New Delhi vide letter no. IA-J-11011/123/2018-IA-II(I) dated 17th June 2018 and as per

generic structure given in EIA Notification – 2006 (Appendix III & IIIA). The EIA/EMP report includes

collection of baseline data with respect to major environmental components, viz. Air, Noise, Water,

Soil, Geology, Hydrology, Land use, Ecology & Biodiversity Biological and Socio-economic

components for one season (pre Monsoon) i.e. from March to May 2018. The study area map

covering 10 km radius of project site is given in Chapter – 3.

1.4.1 Statutory Applicable to the Company Identified Applicable Statutory

S. No. Legal Instruments 1. Factory License

2. The Factories Act, 1948

3. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975, as amended to date.

4. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 and Rules, 1978, as amended to date.

5. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date.

6. The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date.

7. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules, 1986, as amended to date

8. Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996

9. The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central Motor Vehicle rules, 1989

10. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date

11. Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016

12. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date

13. Consents from GPCB

14. Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 as amended to date

15. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules, 1991 as amended to date

16. The Bureau of Indian Standards

17. Fertilizer Control Order, 1985 as amended to date

18. SMPV Rules, 2016

19. FCO 1985 as amended to Date

1.4.2 Scope of the Study Compliance of ToR points as per the ToR letter No. IA-J-11011/123/2018-IA-II(I) dated 17th June

2018 by MoEFC. This compliance includes:

Collection of baseline data with respect to Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and Socio-

economic components for one season i.e. for March 2018 to May 2018.

Identification and assessment of impacts on environment and suggesting mitigation measures.

Preparation of Environmental Monitoring, Management and RA/DMP Plan.

Conducting public consultation and addressing issues raised in EIA report.

1.4.3 Structure of EIA Report The entire EIA report is prepared based on the generic structure of EIA document given at

appendix - III of the Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006 at MoEF&CC, New

Delhi. The report has been divided into twelve chapters as described below:



S.No. EIA Structure Contents 1. Introduction Purpose of the Report

Identification of project and project proponent

Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the country, region

Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out (As per terms of reference)

2. Project Description Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based on

project feasibility study), likely to cause environmental effects.

Description contains the details of the following:

Type of project

Need for the project

Location details showing general location, specific location, project boundary and project site layout

Size or magnitude of operation

Proposed schedule for approval and implementation.

Technology & process description

Project description including drawings showing project layout, components of project etc.

Proposed schedule for approval and implementation,

Technology and process description,

Schematic representations of the feasibility drawings which give information important for EIA purpose.

Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards, environmental operating conditions, or other EIA requirements (as required by the scope)

3. Description of the

Environment

Study area, Components and Methodology. Study Period: March 2018 to May 2018. Establishment of baseline for below mentioned environmental components:

Air Environment

Noise Environment

Land Environment

Geology and Hydrology

Traffic Study

Soil Quality

Water Environment including ground and surface water

Ecology and Biodiversity,

Socio-Economic Environment. 4. Anticipated

Environmental

Impacts &

Mitigation Measures

Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project construction, regular operations, final decommissioning or rehabilitation of a completed project. Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified. Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance, Assigning significance). Impact identification, anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures during construction and operation phase for:

Air Environment including Air dispersion modeling (AAQM) and Air Quality Index



S.No. EIA Structure Contents Water Environment

Soil Environment

Noise Environment

Land Use/Land Cover

Hydrogeology

Geology

Hazardous/Solid Waste

Risk & Hazards

Ecology and Biodiversity

Socio-Economic 5. Analysis of

Alternatives

(Technology &Site)

Analysis of technology has been assessed along with fuel.

6. Environmental

Monitoring Program

Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for the effectiveness

of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency,

location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures,

detailed budget and procurement schedules).

7. Additional Studies Public consultation Risk Assessment Disaster Management Plan

8. Project Benefits Improvements in physical infrastructure, Improvements in social infrastructure, Past Social Activity done by GSFC Ecological Benefits Employment Potential

Other tangible benefits of the project 9. Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis

Not applicable as not recommended at the time of scoping stage.

10. Environment

Management Plan

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA. The Chapter consist of: Pollution Prevention Plan Occupation health and safety Greenbelt Development Plan Budgetary Provisions for EMS Corporate Environment Responsibility

Environment Management Cell 11. Summary &

Conclusion

Summary of EIA Conclusion Recommendation

12. Disclosure of

Consultant

Engaged

The names of the Consultants engaged with their brief resume and

nature of consultancy rendered

1.5 SUMMARY This project is for the production of Ammonium Sulphate in Existing premises of GSFC Complex at PO Fertilizer Nagar, Vadodara Gujarat under category of Chemical Fertilizer (all product except



Single Super Phosphate) with production capacity of 1,46,000 TPA by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Proposed project, fall under schedule 5(a) Category ―A‖ – [All projects including all Single Super Phosphate with H2SO4 production except granulation of chemical fertilizers.] of the schedule of EIA Notification – 2006 and amendments thereafter. The proposed project is to be developed within the already developed industrial area before year 2006, hence public hearing is not applicable as per OM J-11011/321/2016-IA-II(I) dated 27/04/2018. Capital cost of this project is 875.0 Lakhs. There is no litigation pending against the project and/or land. EIA study has been conducted prior to commissioning of project and in accordance with the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi.



2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.0 GENERAL

The aim of this chapter is to discuss about type, need, location, size or magnitude of project,

operational activities, technology for manufacturing chemical fertilizer i.e. Ammonium Sulphate

fertilizer to be used and other related activities. It also provides a condensed description of the

aspects, which are likely to cause environmental damages to the surrounding environment.

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT AND CAPACITY Ammonium Sulphate is the first nitrogenous fertilizer to be produced first as a byproduct of the

manufacture of Coal gas in 1815 in England and in India 1933 as a byproduct of Steel industry

followed first manufacture using Sulphuric Acid in 1941 and as a byproduct of polymer

(Caprolactam) in 1974 at GSFC, Vadodara. As is fertilizer primarily used for alkaline soils. In the soil

the ammonium ion is released and forms a small amount of acid lowering the pH balance of the soil

while contributing essential Nitrogen (20.6%) for plant growth.

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT Ammonium Sulphate (AS) is one of the most preferred fertilizers and has giant market in India.

GSFC being one of the largest producers of AS in India has great business outlook. The proposed

expansion of the AS-I plant is for the fortification of core business of the company and would greatly

increase its production capacities as well as turnover and thereby improve its bottom line further.

This would also bring higher value addition to its investors and others stake holders. The present

capacity of production of AS, does not satisfy the market and higher imports are prevailing. Hence,

proposed expansion by reviving of existing unit by up-gradation, GSFC would avoid imports and

make country self-sufficient to meet the expected demands.

Demand – Supply Gap and Import vs. Indigenous Production Overall market size of Ammonium Sulphate is about 6 LMT/Annum. Domestic production accounts

for 5.5 to 6.0 LMT whereas, imports ranges from 0.5 to 1.0 LMT annually.

# Year Production Imports Sales * 1. 2014-15 581.5 155.3 508.55

2. 2015-16 560.1 50.9 448.87

3. 2016-17 632.3 114.6 426.09 Figures in 1000MT; * Sales data of imported AS are not captured in FMS and therefore, it is not included here.

With increasing awareness about Sulphur deficiency, we expect better demand for AS in coming

years. However, because of very low prices of Urea, besides availability of steel grade AS at half of

the price of Capro grade AS, there is a price resistance in case of standard Caprolactam grade

AS.MRP of our AS is Rs.11000 per MT and subsidy is Rs. 4408 PMT. Only GSFC and FACT are

the domestic manufacturers. GSFC is also importing AS on east coast, besides own production.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PORJECT Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. decided to revamp an industrial plant (AS-I) at existing

GSFC complex i.e. P.O. Fertilizer Nagar–391750, District – Vadodara, of Gujarat state. GSFC has

proposed to expand production capacity within existing unit at 32,80,000.00 m2 area Location of

plant site and key map and Google image of proposed project site is depicted as figure 1.1 & 1.2



respectively. The elevation at site ranges from 39-43 m AMSL. The water table at site is 25 m bgl.

The project coordinate of all corners is as under:

Corners Latitude Longitude

South-East 22°22'26.2"N 73°09'05.3"E

South-West 22°22'24.9"N 73°09'03.8"E

North-West 22°22'26.4"N 73°09'02.9"E

North-East 22°22'27.3"N 73°09'04.2"E

Figure 2.1: Map showing general and specific location of project site



Figure 2.2(a): Short View Google Earth Image of project site

Figure 2.2(b): Long View Google Earth Image of project site

Project Site



2.4 SALIENT FEATURES OF STUDY AREA Physical environment setting in the vicinity of the project site are given at Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Salient Features (Valued Environmental Components)

S.No. Particulars Description Aerial Distance and Direction 1. Toposheet No. F43H3 and F43H7 --

2. Nearest Village (Human Settlement)

Bajwa village

Approx. 1.00 Km in West direction

3. Nearest Town/City Vadodara Approx. 4.0 Km in South direction

4. Nearest National Highway

NH – 8 Approx. 0.67 Km in East direction

5. Nearest Railway station Bajwa Railway station Approx. 1.00 Km in W direction

6. Nearest Airport Vadodara Airport Approx. 10.0 Km in S direction

7. State, National Boundaries

None within 10 Km of study area

--

8. Nearest Water body

Mahi River Narmada Canal

Vishwamitri River Sursagar Lake

Approx. 9.0 Km in W direction Approx. 4.0 Km in S direction Approx. 6.5 km in SE direction Approx. 9.6 km in SE direction

9. Sea Arabian Sea Approx. 76 Km in West direction

10. Archaeological site None in 10 km radius of proposed project site.

--

11. National Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary/ Marine Sanctuary/

None in 10 km radius of proposed project site.

--

12. Nearest Industry GIDC, Nadesari, GACL, Reliance, IOCL, HWP, etc.

Within 10 km radius

13. Densely populated or built-up area

Vadodara Approx. 1.5 Km in South direction

14.

Defense installations

Air Force Station at Harni

EME

Approx. 8.25 Km in South East direction Approx. 9.0 Km in South direction



Table 2.2 Salient Features of Chemical Fertilizer Plant

S.No. Description Proposed Project Details

1. Name of project Environmental clearance for expansion (revamping) in existing plant

facility for production of Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) by Gujarat State

Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

2. Project Site PO Fertilizer Nagar, NH-8, Taluka & District- Vadodara, Gujarat.

3. Project Category 5(a) Category ―A‖ of EIA Notification and its amendments thereafter.

4. Capital Cost

including EMP

Cost

Rs. 875 Lakhs for revamping of AS-I

5. Products Ammonium Sulphate ( 1,46,000 TPA)

6. Raw Materials Ammonia: 0.257 MT/MT

Sulphuric Acid: 0.745 MT/MT

8. Resource Requirement

(i) Land Existing Total plot area – 32,80,000 m2 or 328 Ha. Out of total plot area

11,87,000 m2 has already utilized for Greenbelt development.)

Proposed for AS-I plant = 2240 m2

(ii) Water Source: French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own source) Construction phase:


Construction activities and curing – 1.0 KLD

Operation phase:

Industrial – 37 KLD (Fresh Water and Treated water) & 400 KLD

Recovered water from APS plant

Domestic – 2.0 KLD (Fresh Water)

(iii) Electricity 0.5 MW Power requirement will be fulfilled by existing power generation

plant i.e. wind mill and joint venture with GIPCL. Further GSFC has

connectivity with MGVCL.

(iii) Fuel NG for Expansion – 1200.0 Sm3/day

(iv) Man power Construction Phase: 100 – 150 Nos.

Operation Phase: 50 Nos.

(v) Utility Steam

Proposed: 36 MT/day

9. Source of Pollution



(i) Wastewater

Generation

Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate and

cooling tower blow down will be sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse

in process. No additional effluent will be sent to out of company

premises.

(ii) Air Emission Process gas: through stack/vent attached in dryer

PM: <150 mg/Nm3

(iii) Solid/Hazardous

waste

Generation

No Solid waste generation from proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant

except used oil.

The solid, liquid and gaseous wastes if any, from the proposed plant will be disposed-off in an

environmentally acceptable manner. Process effluents (condensate) will be recycled/reused. Proper

precaution will be taken to keep noise level within prescribed limit. Adequate measure has been

contemplated to ensure least pollution from the proposed project.

2.5 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION The capacity of the ammonium sulphate production is 1,46,000 TPA (400 TPD) for AS-I plant.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 2.6.1 Production Capacity Ammonium Sulphate (AS) is one of the most preferred fertilizers and has giant market in India.

GSFC being one of the largest producers of AS in India has great business outlook. List of existing

products and proposed product (AS) to be manufactured by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals

Ltd. is mentioned in table – 2.3.

Table 2.3: List of Existing and Proposed Products


1 Ammonia – III Ammonia MT/year 33000 -- 33000

2 Ammonia – IV Ammonia MT/year 450000 -- 450000

Argon NM3/year 3200000 -- 3200000

3 Urea – I Urea MT/year 103200 -- 103200

4 Urea – II Urea MT/year 264000 -- 264000

5 Melamine – I Melamine MT/year 5000 -- 5000

6 Melamine – II Melamine MT/year 10000 -- 10000

7 Melamine – III Melamine MT/year 40000 -- 40000

8 Phosphoric Acid Phosphoric Acid MT/year 54000 -- 54000

Phosphogypsum* MT/year 253260 -- 253260

9 DAP/ASP/MAP/ NPK

ASP MT/year 216000 --

216000

10 Sulphuric Acid-III Sulphuric Acid MT/year 132000 -- 132000

11 Sulphuric Acid-IV Sulphuric Acid MT/year 445500 -- 445500




12

Cogeneration – I

Power - 15 MWH

(131400MWPY)

-- 15 MWH (131400M

WPY)

Steam - 130 MT/Hr (1138800 MTPY)

-- 130 MT/Hr (1138800

MTPY)

13

Cogeneration – II Power - 25 MWH -- 25 MWH

Steam - 130 MT/Hr -- 130 MT/Hr

14

Cogeneration – III

Power - 50 MWH

(438000MWPY)

-- 50 MWH (438000M

WPY)

Steam - 130 MT/Hr (1138800 MTPY)

-- 130 MT/Hr (1138800

MTPY)

15

Caprolactam – I (Ammonium Sulphate-II)



Ammonium Sulfate

MT/year 80000 -- 80000

16 Ammonium Sulphate-I

Ammonium Sulphate MT/year - 146000 146000

17 Caprolactam –II (Ammonium Sulphate-III)

Ammonium Sulfate

MT/year 116000 --

116000



18 Nylon – 6 Nylon – 6 Continuous/Batch

MT/year 8000 --

8000

19

MEK Oxime – I MEK Oxime MT/year 1200 -- 1200

MEK Expansion MEK Oxime MT/year 6500 -- 6500

20 Urea Phosphate Urea Phosphate MT/Year 1500 -- 1500

21 Methanol Methanol MT/year 191625 -- 191625

22 HAS Crystal HAS Crystal MT/year 1200 -- 1200

23

Water Soluble Fertilizer (WSF) & Micronutrient Mixture (MM) plant

WSF – NPK 19:19:19

MT/year 21600 -- 21600

WSF - MAP / MKP / KNO3 / SOP

MT/year 10800 -- 10800

Micronutrient Mixture

MT/year 54 -- 54

2.6.2 About Revamping Raw Materials and its Sources



Raw materials play an important role in the formation of the above products. This section describes

about list of raw materials with per annum consumption, Mode of transportation of raw materials to

produce one ton of product. The major raw materials are Ammonium Sulphate liquor, Ammonia and

Sulphuric Acid. Detail of raw material consumption for proposed plant is summarized below:

Table 2.4: List of Raw Material for the production of Ammonium Sulphate and its Source

# Raw Material Existing Quantity (MT/MT)

Proposed Quantity (MT/MT)

Total Quantity

TPM

Mode of Transportation

Sources

1. Ammonia -- 0.257 3084 Through pipelines

from existing

Ammonia

Manufacturing plant

at GSFC

Raw

materials are

manufactured

in existing

GSFC

premises 2. Sulphuric

Acid

-- 0.745 8940 Through pipelines

from GSFC Storage

area

2.6.3 Chemical Composition of Raw Materials (CAS) The raw material which are to be used in the manufacturing of Ammonium Sulphate: Ammonia

(CAS - 7664-41-7) and Sulphuric Acid (CAS - 7664-93-9). Both raw material is manufactured by

GSFC itself and they will be utilized as pure form.

2.6.4 List of Machinery / Equipment The details of major Machinery/equipment required for manufacturing are provided below:

S.No. Item No. Name of Equipment Quantity 1. CT-3 Cooling Tower 1

2. CT3P1 Cooling Tower Old Pump 1

3. CT3P2 Cooling Tower New Pump 1

4. CV-301 A,B Wet Salt Conveyer 2

5. CV-401 A.S. Conveyer 1

6. CV-402 A.S.Bucket Elevator 1

7. E301A Evaporator Calendria 1

8. E301B Evaporator Calendria 1

9. E301C Evaporator Calendria 1

10. E-302 Surface Condenser 1

11. EJ-301 Primary Ejector 1

12. EJ-302 Secondary Ejector 1

13. K-401 Burner Fan 1

14. K-402 Exhaust Fan 1

15. K-403 Burner Fan 1

16. M-301A,B,C Centrifuge With Oil Pump 3

17. M-401 A S Dryer Furnace, 1

18. M-402 A S Dryer 1

19. M-403 A.S. Conveyer 1

20. P-105 A,B Effluent Pumps 2



21. P-212 A,B Liquor Transfer Pump 2

22. P-307 A,B,C,D Evaporator Sump Pump 4

23. P-308 A,B Evaporator Let Down Pumps 2

24. P-309 A,B,C Evaporator Circulation Pump 3

25. P-311B,C Salt Transfer Pump 2

26. P-312 A,B,C,D Condensate Collecting Pump 4

27. P-313 A,B Condensate Collecting Pump 2

28. P-314 A,B,C Mother Liquor Pumps 3

29. P-315 A,B Liquor Transfer Pump Condensate 2

30. P-316 Pure Condensate Pump 1

31. P-423 Cooling Tower Recovery Pump 1

32. V-101 Air Receiver Tank 1

33. V-107 Scrubber Liquor Storage Tank 1

34. V-209 Chalk Settler 1

35. V-210 Filtrator Storage Tank 1

36. V-211 Decomposed Liquor Storage Tank 1

37. V-311 Flash Drum 1

38. V-312 A,B,C Evaporator Let Down Tanks 3

39. V-313 A,B,C Evaporator Shells 3

40. V-314 Evaporator Sump Tank 1

41. V-315 A,B Flash Drum 2

42. V-316 Berometric Condenser 1

43. V-317 Condensate Seal Pot 1

44. V-318 Condensate Storage Tank 1

45. V-319 Condensate Head Tank 1

46. V-320 Mother Liquor Tank 1

47. V-321 A,B,C Salt Settler Tank With 2 H.C. 3

48. V-322 A, B Hydro Cyclone 2

49. V-401 Dust Cyclone 1

50. ST-02 Stack 1

Total 77

2.6.5 Manufacturing Process of Ammonium Sulphate Ammonium sulphate contains about 21% nitrogen and 24% sulphur and has traditionally been

popular in various parts of the country. The facility for making Ammonium Sulphate by Direct

Neutralization is provided in view of available Sulphuric Acid and Ammonia in V-313-A, V-313-B and

V-313-C to produce around 400 TPD.

Ammonium Sulphate is produced by Contact Reaction between Sulphuric acid and Vapor Ammonia as per the

below mentioned reaction.

For production of proposed 400 TPD Ammonium Sulphate, ~100 TPD Ammonia and ~300 TPD

Sulphuric Acid (98.5 Wt.%) (SA) are required. The neutralizer, reactor and the crystallizer are

interconnected so that the heat released during neutralization is used to evaporate water in the

slurry. Crystallizer is designed to produce uniform sized crystals. Ammonium sulphate is separated

by centrifugation and the mother liquor is recycled back. The ammonium sulphate liquor is corrosive

and hence corrosion inhibitors.

V-313-A Evaporator Initially DM water is fed to fill up by P-308-A/B to V-313-A via circulation loop of V-313-A. Sulfuric

acid is fed at the suction side of P-309-A and vapor NH3 is fed at the discharge side of P-309-A. Due

moleg

kcal74.71SONHSOHNH 2 424423



to reaction of sulfuric acid and vapor NH3 concentration of V-313-A will increase. pH to be

maintained inside V-313-A is around 2.8.LP steam is supplied to E-301-A to heat up the AS liquor.

Level in V-313-A will be maintained by LCV-305. Pure condensate from E-301-A goes to flash drum

and then to V-315-A which is then supplied to Utility Plant.

V-313-B Evaporator cum Crystallizer As liquor from V-313-A goes to V-313-B by level difference

and it is controlled by LCV-306. Sulfuric acid is supplied to circulation loop of V-313-B on suction

side of P-309-B and vapor NH3 is supplied at the discharge of P-309-B. AS liquor is heated by heat

exchanger E-301-B in circulation loop of V-313-B. Heating medium used here is the vapor generated

from V-313-A, flash drum and V-315-A. Contaminated condensate generated in E-301-B goes to

flash drum V-315-B. AS liquor in V-313-B gets concentrated and reaches up to super saturation

stage for crystal growth due to high temperature and low pressure (vacuum). Crystallization takes

place as soon as super saturation state is achieved. The pH to be maintained inside V-313-B around

2.8.

V-313-C Evaporator cum Crystallizer AS liquor from V-313-B goes to V-313-C with the help of P-

315-A. Level inside V-313-B is maintained by LCV-307. Sulfuric acid is supplied to circulation loop of

V-313-C on suction side of P-309-C and vapor NH3 is supplied at the discharge of P-309-C. AS

liquor is heated by heat exchanger E-301-C in circulation loop of V-313-C. Heating medium used

here is the vapor generated from V-313-B and V-315-B. Contaminated condensate generated in E-

301-C goes to flash drum V-315-B and finally goes to Chalk pond for recycling.AS liquor in V-313-C

gets concentrated and reaches up to super saturation stage for crystal growth due to high

temperature and low pressure (vacuum). Crystallization takes place as soon as super saturation

state is achieved. pH to be maintained inside V-313-C around 2.8.

Vacuum Pulling/Condensation To create vacuum two ejectors EJ-301 and EJ-302 are used. Cooling water is used to condense the vapor

from V-313-C is sucked to surface condenser E-302 by EJ-301 and additionally this vapor is condensed by

indirect contact of cooling water and the contaminated condensate goes to Hot Well V-317. High temperature

cooling water goes to Cooling Tower via cooling water return line. Non-condensable from E-302 is sucked to

Barometric condenser V-316 by EJ-302. Here vapor is condensed by direct contact of cooling water and the

contaminated condensate generated goes to Hot Well V-317.From Hot well the condensate is diverted to

Cooling Tower basin for recycle to cooling loop by P-307 C/D.


Expansion in Existing Plant Facility for Production of Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) – 1,46,000

TPA by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Vadodara Gujarat

Figure 2.3: Material Balance and Process Flow diagram of AS



RESOURCE REQUIREMENT (MAPS SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC LOCATION, PROJECT BOUNDARY & PROJECT SITE LAYOUT)

Existing resource requirement details include details of all the plants at GSFC – Baroda unit while

proposed resource requirement to be required pertain to Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) plant only.

2.6.6 Investment Capital towards proposed industrial plant development including building construction, plant

machinery – purchase and commissioning, environmental management, greenbelt development etc.

The overall project cost has been estimated Rs. 875.00 Lakhs and is summarized in Table 2.5.

Table 2.5 Project Cost Bifurcation

S. No. Particulars Cost (Rs.in Lakhs)

1. Land cost -

2. Piping, Valves, Welding and Insulation 150.00

3. Instrumentation 125.00

4. PC-PLC based panels 200.00

5. Civil (including Control room building and offices 150.00

6. Revamping of Bagging machine and Conveyor system 200.00

Misc. expenses like Fire water system, Statutory approvals, ESC-CSR/EMP/Greenbelt etc.

50.00

Total 875.00 # All above cost are inclusive of commissioning expanses.

2.6.7 Land GSFC has already developed complete industrial infrastructure i.e. Plant building, Raw material

storage area, finished products shed, treatment facilities, fire hydrant and other ancillary amenities

within 174.7 Hectare. For expansion of Ammonium Sulphate plant, land along with plant

infrastructure is already available in existing GSFC complex thus no additional land shall be

procured by the industry for proposed expansion. Bifurcation of plot area is mentioned in table 2.6.

Table 2.6 Land Breakup

S.No. Particulate Area (Ha.) Existing Proposed Total

1. Total Plant Area

(Processing)

174.7 --* 174.7

2. GSFC Township 34.6 -- 34.6

3. Green Belt (In plant) 32.8 -- 32.8

4. Green Belt (Township) 85.9 -- 85.9

Total Area 328.0 -- 328.0 *The area for AS-I plant is already demarcated in Processing Plant area of 174.70 ha as AS-I was

initially started in 1960, after sometime AS-I plant was shut down and till date not in operation.



Table 2.7 : Land Breakup for AS-1

S.No. Description Area in m2 Area in %

1. Process area 722.36 32.25

2. Dryer Area 473.74 21.15

3. Intermediate Storage Area 1043.90 46.60

Total 2240.00 100

2.6.7.1 Site Layout Plan GSFC has already developed complete industrial infrastructure i.e. Plant building, Raw material


within 174.70 Ha. For proposed expansion of Ammonium Sulphate plant, land along with plant

infrastructure is already available in existing GSFC complex thus no additional land shall be

procured by the industry for proposed expansion. The layout for AFS-I is shown in figure 2.4 and

also enclosed with EIA report as Annexure –I.




Figure 2.4: Plant Layout of GSFC complex showing AS-I plant (blue colour)




Figure 2.5 Layout Plan for Proposed AS-I Plant



Figure 2.6: Photographs showing Project site

2.6.8 Water Requirement Construction Phase:


Construction activities, curing and Dust suppression – 1.0 KLD

Operation Phase: Fresh Water = 39 KLD


Industrial – 37.0 KLD Fresh water + 400 Recycled Water = 437 KLD

Source: French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own source) - Permission is attached as Annexure II.



Table 2.8: Fresh Water Consumption

# Activity Water Consumption in KLD

1 Domestic 2.0

2 Industrial

CT make up Fresh 9.0 KLD + 400.0 KLD Recovered Water from Ammonium Phosphate Sulphate plant will be utilized as Make up water.

Boiler Fresh 28.0

DM water (Process) 200.0 (Quantity mentioned is one time requirement of water during start-up of the plant.)

Recycle to System 312.0 (In Close Loop)

Net Consumption Daily 39.0 + 400.0 =439.0 KLD

*Daily requirement ** Treated water

Figure 2.7 Proposed Water Consumption for Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) Expansion

Project



Figure 2.8 Existing Water Balance Diagram of GSFC Vadodara complex



Figure 2.9 Water Balance Diagram of GSFC Vadodara complex after Expansion

2.6.9 Power Requirement Electricity requirement for proposed project is estimated 0.5 MW which will be produced by existing

power generation plant i.e. wind mill and joint venture with GIPCL. Further GSFC has connectivity

with MGVCL.

2.6.10 Fuel For expansion (AS-I only) Natural Gas – 1200 Sm3/day for dryer.

2.6.11 Manpower Requirement Based on organizational pattern, technical staff for plant, General staff for administrative work and

other ancillary services i.e. Security, O&M contractor and maintenance services will be required in

this phase. It is estimated that around 50 Nos. of employee will get direct/indirect employment

during this phase.



Existing manpower of all entire GSFC (5000 Nos.) include workers, technical staffs of all the plants and Units

of GSFC while proposed manpower include requirement of Ammonium Sulphate-I only

Table 2.9: Manpower Requirement for the Current Proposal S.No. Category Existing Expansion

Operation Phase

Construction Phase

Operation Phase

1. Top Management 4 - -

2. Managers 1 1 -

3. Technicians 0 - -

4. Engineers - 1 4

7. Unskilled workers

(Bagging) - - 16

8. On Contract - 13 30

Total 5 15 50

2.6.12 Utilities The requirement of utilities for the proposed project has been estimated based on plant operation

capacity.

# Description Existing Proposed Total

1. Natural Gas (SM3/Day)

- 1200 1200

2. Steam (MT/Day) - 36 36

2.7 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES GSFC has proposed to expand production capacity of Ammonium Sulphate plant of 400 MTPD

(1,46,000 MTPA) within existing premises to meet the market demand. Resources (i.e. water,

electricity, fuel, manpower) requirement for proposed expansion shall be met though sources of

existing unit. The proposed expansion will be started after getting Environmental clearance and plant

commissioning will be expected in the year 2018. Further proposed project activities will take care of

all the rules and regulations of statutory authority and provide control measures and devices to

achieve the standard norms.

Population Projection

It is estimated that around 50 Nos. of employees will get direct / indirect employment during the

operation phase of proposed expansion. There are approx. 5000 Nos. of employees are already

working in GSFC plants. Thus after proposed expansion total no. of employees will be 5050.

Land use Planning

GSFC has proposed to expand production capacity within existing unit at 2240 m2 area. Existing unit

has already developed industrial infrastructure facilities i.e. firefighting system internal asphalted

road, rain water harvesting system, area lighting and electrification, water supply system, waste

management system, etc. in said plot area. No additional land shall be procured by the industry for

proposed expansion.



Amenities / Facilities

All amenities/facilities required to develop expansion project are available in existing plant of GSFC

as well as within the colony.

Proposed Infrastructure

Proposed project will require following infrastructure facilities for propose project.

Table 2.10: Proposed Infrastructure

S.No. Proposed infrastructure Description 1. Industrial area (processing

area) 2240 sq. m. (Revamping of old AS-I plant)

2. Green belt Existing: 118.70 Hectares (GSFC Premise)

3. Social Infrastructure As Above

4. Connectivity As Above

5. Drinking water management Existing pipeline will be used.

6. Sewerage system The domestic effluent from the proposed plant will be treated in septic tank/soak pit. An existing sewage treatment plant (STP) of capacity 3175 KLD is in operation for treatment of sewage coming from GSFC Township. Treated sewage from the same is reused in gardening/horticulture.

7. Industrial waste management Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate will be sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in process. No additional effluent will be sent out of company premises.

8. Solid waste management No Solid waste generation from proposed project except used oil.

9. Power requirement & Supply source

Power requirements will be met through existing power supply sources i.e. wind mill and joint venture with GIPCL.

2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND ITS CONTROL (DESCRIPTION OF THE ASPECTS OF THE PROJECT LIKELY TO CAUSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT)

2.8.1 Air Emission Air emission (flue gases stack and process emission), nature of emitted pollutants and system

provided for air pollution control in proposed and existing plant. Details of the stacks are given in

Table 2.11.

Table 2.11: Flue Gas Emission from Existing units

# Plant Stack No.

Stack attached to

APCD Type of fuel

Fuel consumption

Height of stack (M)

Dia. (m)



1. Methanol F1

Reformer (Furnace) -

NG

5150 NM3/HR for methanol

33 2.5

NG Preheater 231 NM3/HR 18 0.9

2.

Ammonia – III

F3 Reformer (Furnace)

- NG 1071 NM3/HR

30 0.85

- - NG Preheater - NG 91.9 NM3/HR 30 0.85

3. Melamine - I 10A-1102

Salt furnace - NG 300 NM3/HR 30 1.19

4. Cogeneration – I

F5 Boiler - NG + LSHS

NG 8350 NM3/HR LSHS 8.74 T/HR

70 3.08

5. Cogeneration – II

F6 Boiler - NG + LSHS

― 70 3.08

6. Cogeneration – III

F7 Boiler - NG 8570 NM3/HR

35 3.4

7. Utility Boiler 4 & 5

F4 Boiler 4 & 5 - NG + LSHS

NG 3760 NM3/HR LSHS 3.92 T/HR (each)

30 2.4

8. New CVL Boiler 50TPH

- New Boiler - NG + LSHS

NG: 3580 Nm3/Hr LSHS: 3.36 MT/hr

70 3.5

9. Capro – I F8 Waste liquor unit

Water scrubber

HC

WL–I:4395 KG/HR WL-II : 405 KG/HR

22 0.96

10.

Capro – II F9 IWI Unit

ESP (Eff. 99.26%)

HC

6430 KG/HR OFF GASES 2000 NM3/HR+2679 Kg/hr

40 1.0

11.

Melamine – II

A-102 Salt furnace - NG 450 NM3/HR 35 1.5

12.

Ammonia – IV

F0101 Reforming Section-100

-

100 % Naphtha 100 % NG

46830 NM3/HR 32520 NM3/HR

52 3.0

F0501 Syn. Unit-500 - PG 2121 NM3/HR

30

F0901 CRG Unit-900 - CRG/NG

2088/1110 NM3/HR

30

F0902 CRG Unit-900 - NG 329 NM3/HR 30

F1601 Pre-desulphurization

- TG/NG 1316/1445 NM3/HR

-



Table 2.12: Process Emission

S. No.

Plant No. Stack attached to

APC Device MOC Dia (m)

Para meter

Stack height

(m) 1. Urea – I P1 Prilling Tower Water

Scrubber RCC 4 x 1 SPM

NH3 38

2. Urea – II P2 Prilling Tower Water Scrubber

RCC 1.45 x 4.36

SPM NH3

70

3. Urea ECS P3 Condenser oxidation column

H2SO4 Scrubber

(Eff. 99.5%)

MS NH3 38

4. Melamine – I P4 Dryer Outlet Filter MS 0.15 SPM NH3

15

5. Melamine – II P5 Dryer Outlet Filter MS 0.15 SPM NH3

17

6. PA P6 Rock grinding Ventury Scrubber

MS 0.8 SPM 30

7. PA P7 Digester Fume scrubber

MSRL -- F 20

8. DAP P8,9 Dryer & Dust Scrubber A&B

Cyclone separator &Ventury scrubber

MSRL 1.43 NH3 SPMF

32.5

9. DAP P10,11 Granulator & Neutralization

Fume Scrubber

MSRL 0.74 1.02

NH3 F 27.5

10. AS-II P12 Dryer Cyclone Separator

MS 0.9 SPM 19.2

11. SA-III P13 Final Absorption Tower

Final Absorption

Tower

MS 1.22 SO2 Acid

52

12. SA-IV P14 Final Absorption Tower

Final Absorption

tower

RCC 2.86 SO2 Acid Mist

100

13. CAP-I (Old) P15 D-415-3 Tower O/L

Scrubber SS 0.43 SO2 NH3

25

14. CAP-I (Old) P16 D-414-3 Tower O/L

De Nox unit SS -- Nox NH3

25

15. CAP-II Exp. P17 AS Dryer Cyclone Separator &

Scrubber

MS 1.016 SPM 30

16. CAP-II Exp. P18 AS Vent Scrubber

Scrubber

MS -- SO2 NH3

30

17. New Nylon 6 Plant

P19 Process Vessels

Scrubber CS 0.25 PM 30

18. WSF & MM Plant

P20 Crusher, Hopper, Mixers

Bag Filter SS 0.25 PM 40



GSFC has recently installed 30 Nos. Gas Detectors of Ammonia & Sulphur Dioxide in different plants and 4

Nos. of Online Ambient Air Monitoring Station at four sides of GSFC premise at the cost of 0.43 Crore and 2.9

Crore respectively. Further GSFC has installed Online Monitoring system in the required process as well as

flue gas emissions stacks.

Air Emission from of Ammonium Sulphate plant (AS-I)

Air emission (flue gases stack and process emission), nature of emitted pollutants and system provided for air

pollution control in Proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant is mentioned in following table:

Process Stack of Ammonium Sulphate-I plant

# Description Process Emission Existing Plant After Expansion

1. Stack Attached to - Attached to dryer.

2. Stack Height (m) - 21

3. Dia - 0.56 m

4. Nature of Pollutants - PM<150 mg/Nm3

5. Emissions control system

- Dust Cyclone is available. Online Emission monitoring system is included in proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant.

6. MOC - SS-304

2.8.2 Noise Pollution Construction Phase: Noise will be generated during construction phase due to vehicular

movement, operation of construction equipment. Well maintain vehicles and construction equipment

shall be engaged to minimize the noise pollution.

Operation phase: During operation phase, noise will be generated due to various industrial

activities. Proper mitigation measures will be implemented to control the noise to keep it within the

prescribed norms.

Greenbelt acts as a noise barrier and restricts noise propagation outside the premises. GSFC has

already been developed 33.3 Ha. area as a greenbelt within the factory premises and 72.7 Ha. area

in colony and outside area.

2.8.3 Waste water Generation and Treatment It is envisage that due to proposed project activity various wastes to be generated which are

described as under:

Sewage: The domestic effluent from the proposed plant will be treated in septic tank/soak pit.

Effluent: Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate will be sent to Phosphoric

Acid plant for reuse in process. No additional effluent will be sent out of company premises.



Table 2.13: Wastewater Generation from AS-I plant

# Activity Waste Water Generation in KLD

Treatment / remarks

1. Domestic 2.0 KLD (Sewage ) Treated in existing septic tank/soak pit

2. Industrial

Steam condensate / Process condensate

337 KLD 312 KLD with in proposed plant (AS-I) will be recycled in process and balance 25 KLD will be sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse. Hence, complete recycle in plant process.

Treated waste water -- Sent to Phosphoric Acid plant. For reuse in dust suppression/process hence, complete recycle in plant process.

CT blow down 48 KLD

Net Total 0 No additional effluent will be sent out of company premises.

2.8.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation No Solid waste generation from proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant except used oil. Detail of

solid/hazardous waste generated from various plants of GSFC and solid/hazardous waste to be generated

from existing GSFC plants are mentioned in following table. Existing wastes details include details of all the

plants of GSFC.

Table 2.14: Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation & Management # Name of

Waste Waste

category Source of

waste generation

Quantity Waste storage

area

Solid waste Disposal /

Management Existing

Proposed Total

1 ETP Sludge

a. Biological sludge

- Biological treatment of effluent

40 MTPA

-- 40 MTPA

Stored at SDB

Sell to Farmer as a soil conditioner

b. Chemical sludge

34.3 Chemical treatment of effluent & cleaning of collection tanks

Stored at SDB/Specific Storage area at ETP in HDPE bags

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal at TSDF site i.e. NECL

2 Used Oil 5.1 Various existing Plants

125 MTPA

640 L/annum

125.6 MTPA

Stored at MM dept in drums

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to registered refiners

3 Discarded Container

33.3 Various existing Plants

10,000 nos./Yr

-- 10,000

nos./Yr

Stored at MM dept.

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to registered recyclers

4 Spent Catalyst


35 MTPA

-- -- Stored at MM dept. in drums



# Name of Waste

Waste category

Source of waste

generation

Quantity Waste storage

area

Solid waste Disposal /

Management Existing

Proposed Total

5 Spent Catalyst


115 MTPA

-- -- Stored at MM dept. in drums

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to registered recyclers

6 Organic Waste

1.4 From F & I groups and

cleaning activity

20 MTPA

-- 20 MTPA

Stored in Room at Caprolactum plant in drums/ HDPE bags

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal at Incineration Facility.

7 Sulphur Muck

17.1 Filtration of molten

sulphur at SA plants

350 MTPA

-- 350 MTPA

Stored in specified area Nr. SA plant.

Collection, Storage, reuse &/or Transportation and Disposal at TSDF site

Note: 1. All the Hazardous wastes are stored on impervious floor having roof, boundary wall and leachate

collection as well as transfer facility.

2. Discarded containers are properly cleaned / decontaminated before disposal.

GSFC has membership of TSDF developed by M/s. NECL, Nandesari, Vadodara and M/s SEPPL, Kutch.

TSDF membership certificate is attached as Annexure – III.

2.9 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY No recommendation of assessment of New and untested technology was given during appraisal stage; hence

it is not carried out. Worldwide tested technology for the product (Ammonium Sulphate through direct

neutralization) shall be used where no waste of any kind will be produced.

2.10 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND ITS CONTROL MEASURES Table 2.15 Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase

Activity Environmental Attribute Cause

Impact Characteristics

Nature Duration Reversibility Intensity

and Significance

Vehicle Movement and utilities operation

Air Quality Exhaust Emissions i.e. NOx, SO2

Fugitive emission

Negative Short Term

Reversible Low, due to movement of vehicle only for loading and unloading of finished goods.

Noise Levels Noise Generation

Negative Short Term

Reversible Low, due to limited activity






and Significance

Risk & Hazards Accidents, collision of transport vehicles

Negative Short Term

Reversible Medium due to loss of property and injury to manpower.

Product and raw material handling, storage and processing

Noise Levels Noise Generation from utilities, processing machinery

Negative Long Term

Reversible Low, due to noise reduction measures

Work Zone Air Quality

Process gas and flue gas generation

Negative Long Term

Reversible Medium, due to air pollution control devices (APC‘s)

Risk & Hazards Catch fire accidents

Negative Short Term

Reversible High, due to injury to manpower and loss of properties and fatal accidents

Effluent generation

Water Quality Generation of Wastewater

Negative Short Term

Reversible Effluent will be sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in process

Solid/ Hazardous Waste Disposal

Land and Soil Generation of Solid Waste

Negative Short Term

Reversible No solid waste generation

Green Belt Development

Ecology Planting of Trees

Positive Long Term

Reversible High, Positive Impact

Air Quality Dust barrier Positive Short Term

irreversible Low, Positive Impact

Noise Noise barrier Positive Short Term

irreversible Low, Positive Impact

LU/LC Conservation of Land

Positive Long Term

irreversible Medium, Positive Impact

Soil Increase in soil fertility

Positive Long Term

Irreversible Medium, Positive Impact

Water Water consumption

Negative Long term

Irreversible Low, due to water






and Significance circulation

Employment Generation

Socio Economic Status

Direct and Indirect employment

Positive

Long term

Irreversible High, the project will generate employment

2.11 PROPOSED SCHEDULED FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION Project work will be started after getting Environmental Clearance (EC) from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

After obtaining EC from MoEF&CC, New Delhi project proponent will also apply to Gujarat Pollution

Control Board (GPCB) for CTE. There is no major construction activity as will be after obtaining

statutory clearance. It is estimated that implementation of project will be approx. 3 months, after

environmental clearance. Project implementation schedule describing various activities is tabulated

in 2.16.

Table 2.16 Project Implementation Schedule (Time in months) Activity/Months 0 1st 2nd 3rd

Project Approval

Piping Design

Machinery Design

Civil Design

Electrical Design

Purchase of Machineries/ Utilities

Mechanical Construction

Electrification and Piping

Installation of Machineries

Construction activities for CR

Necessary Permission from Respective Departments /Authority

Safety Approvals

Erection and Commissioning

2.12 SUMMARY The said revamping of AS-1 plant will be done in the existing plant AS-I. Expansion in existing plant

facility for production of Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) with having capacity 1,46,000 TPA by Gujarat

State Fertilizers & Chemicals at PO Fertilizer Nagar, NH-8, Taluka & District- Vadodara, Gujarat.

Ltd. No National park and wild life sanctuary falls within 10 km radius of study area. The cost of this

project is Rs. 875 Lakhs. The land requirement for the expansion is 2240 m2. For revamping of

Ammonium Sulphate plant, land along with plant infrastructure is already available in existing GSFC

complex thus no additional land shall be procured by the industry for expansion. Water will be

sourced from French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own source). Total 0.5 MW Power

requirement will be fulfilled by existing power generation plant i.e. wind mill and joint venture with



GIPCL. Further GSFC has connectivity with MGVCL. For expansion the additional requirement for

manpower will be 50 Nos. during operation phase. The major raw materials required for expansion

are ammonia and sulphuric acid. The infrastructure facilities near the site are well developed.

Approach road are well connected with national highway.



3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.0 GENERAL The chapter provides the baseline status about air, water, soil, hydrology, geology, land, noise,

ecology, social environment, etc. of study area as per the requirement of EIA Notification 2006.

3.1 BASELINE STUDY AREA AND PERIOD The baseline environmental study has been conducted for the study region within 10 km radius of the

project site for the period 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018. An exhaustive attempt has been made in the

current chapter to disclose all possible base line status of environmental quality in the vicinity of the

project, which further serves as the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. Study

area map covering all the villages are shown in the Figure 3.1.

3.2 VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS (VECS) The Valued Environmental Components (VECs) to be included in study area (10 km radius w.r.t. project

site) including physical, biological and social component is provided in subsequent sections of this

chapter.

Figure 3.1: Schematic presentation of Valued Environmental Component



Figure 3.2 Study Area Map

3.3 METHODOLOGY The baseline environmental study was carried out for the various environmental components viz, Air,

Water, Soil, Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economy and Noise. A desktop study was carried out to select

the sampling locations and site visit was done by our field area experts. After the site visit, locations were

finalized. During the submission of field area expert report and discussion looking to the extent of impact, 5

km radius was considered as core zone and rest 5 km radius was considered as buffer zone. All the

locations have been selected within 10 km radius from the project site as per the requirement of TOR and

environmental samples were collected from the selected locations of the study area. Before starting the

survey activity for ecology and bio diversity, secondary data were used as reference during the desktop

survey for listing the species of study zone and planning the survey. In case of socio economy, secondary

data have also been used for deciding the parameters to be surveyed during socio economic data

collection. As a secondary source of data, for Ecology and Biodiversity survey various publications by the

government of India and literature available on internet site were used. Some photograph showing the

monitoring and survey activities are presented in Figure 3.2.

3.3.1 Frequency of Sampling Details of frequency of environmental sampling considered for the study are illustrated in Table 3.1.



Table 3.1 Frequency of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes Sampling

Locations Parameters Frequency A. Air Environment

Micro-meteorological Data

Nr. Project Site Temperature, Relative Humidity, Precipitation Wind direction, Wind Speed.

Hourly data for the period 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018.

Ambient Air Quality 8 numbers of locations in the study area of 10 km radius.

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx, NH3, HF, Total Fluoride, Urea dust, Methane and Non Methane HC.

24 hour basis, twice a week during study period.

B. Noise 8 numbers of locations in the study area of 10 km radius.

Noise Levels in dB (A). Once in Study Period.

C. Water Ground Water Samples from 7 numbers

of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Physical, Chemical, Microbiological and Heavy Metal.

Once in Study Period.

Surface Water Samples from 4 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Physical, Chemical, Microbiological and Heavy Metal.


D. Soil Quality Samples from 4 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Physical, Chemical Characteristics, Soil Texture.


3.3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis The methods adopted for environmental sampling and analysis are illustrated in following Table 3.2

Table 3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

Attributes Methods

Sampling/Preservation Analysis/data analysis

A. Air Environment Micro-meteorological

Data

Data collected on hourly basis using

wind monitor as per CPCB Guideline. NA

Ambient air quality As per IS: 5182, CPCB & AWMA. As per IS:5182,CPCB & AWMA

B. Noise Instrument : Sound level meter Survey carried out as per CPCB

guideline.

C. Water



Ground Water

Standard Methods for Examination of

Water and Wastewater, 23rdedition,

APHA 2017.

IS 3025 & Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and

Wastewater, 23rdedition, APHA 2017.

Surface Water

Standard Methods for Examination of

Water and Wastewater, 23rdedition,

APHA 2017.

IS 3025 & Standard Methods for


Wastewater, 23rdedition, APHA 2017.

D. Soil Quality

IS 2720, Soil Testing in India

(Department of Agriculture &

Cooperation).

IS 2720, Laboratory developed

Method as per NABL requirement and

Book - Soil Testing in India


Cooperation).

Ambient air – Dashrath Village Noise – Asoj Village

Surface water – Mahi River Noise – Project Site



Surface water – Dashrath Project Site – Ambient air

Traffic Study- NH 8 Soil – Asoj

Figure 3.3 Photograph showing the sampling activity

3.4 MICROMETEOROLOGY The study of micro meteorological data helps to understand the variations in the ambient air quality status

in that region. The prevailing micrometeorological condition at project site plays a crucial role in transport

and dispersion of air pollutants. The persistence of the predominant wind direction and wind speed at the

project site decide the direction and extent of the air pollution impact zone. The principal variables which

affect the micrometeorology are horizontal transport and dispersion, convective transport and vertical

mixing and topography of the area towards local influences. Micrometeorological data were collected by

using the wind monitor as per CPCB guideline which was installed near project site. All the

micrometeorological data were collected on hourly basis. Meteorological conditions of the study area are

presented in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 Meteorological Condition of Study Area

Month Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (km/hr) Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

Mar'18 19.0 42.2 13 78 0.1 14.5

Apr'18 22.4 43.6 14 76 0.1 15.0

May'18 24.4 44.4 10 84 0.1 23.4



3.4.1 Temperature During the study period minimum temperature was recorded 19.0oC on 10th Mar 2018 and maximum temperature was recorded as 44.4oC on 11th May 2018.

Temperature data were collected on hourly basis during the study period. Variation of temperature is graphically presented in Figure 3.3.

Figure 3.4 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation

3.4.2 Humidity Humidity affects the nature and characteristics of pollutants in the atmosphere as it is the measure of amount of moisture in the atmosphere. Humidity helps

suspended particulate matter to coalesce and grow in size to settle under the gaseous pollutants by providing them aqueous medium. During the study period

minimum Humidity was recorded 10% on 16th May 2018 and maximum Humidity was recorded as 84% on 17th May 2018. The variation in humidity is

represented graphically in Figure 3.5.



Figure 3.5 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation



3.4.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction Hourly wind speed data were collected for the period 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018 with the help of wind

monitor. The rate of dispersion, diffusion and transportation of pollutants in the atmosphere mainly depend

on wind speed and its direction. Wind direction and velocity data have been collected during the study

period. Dominant wind direction during study period was from SW –NE. Wind speed was observed from

0.1 to 14.5 km/hr in the month of March 2018, from 0.1 to 15.0 km/hr in the month of April 2018 and from

0.1 to 23.4 km/hr in the Month of May 2018. Month-wise maximum and minimum wind speed data are

tabulated in Table 3.3.

3.4.4 Wind Rose Wind rose diagram is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed considering

all the directions. From the knowledge of wind rose one can easily predict the direction and extent of

spreading of the gaseous and particulate matter from the source. Wind rose diagram has been prepared by

using hourly wind velocity and dominant wind direction data and is presented in Figure 3.6

Figure 3.6 Wind Rose Diagram



3.4.5 Interpretation of Micrometeorological Data Wind rose diagram indicate that the dominant wind direction can be considered SW to NE. Based on

micrometeorological data, of wind direction and wind speed it is interpreted that chances of maximum

dispersion of pollutants will be in NE direction during the period March to May.

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT Air is the Earth‘s atmosphere having the gases in which living organisms live and breathe but air is being

deteriorated day by day due to the anthropogenic and natural sources. In present scenario Industrialization,

Energy production and the burning of fossil fuels has polluted the air environment. Ambient air quality

monitoring was carried out for the assessment of the existing status of background air quality in the study

area. This will be useful for assessing the conformity of the ambient air quality to the standards even after

commencement of the proposed project.

3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations Following points were considered during the selection of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring locations.

Topography/terrain of the study area,

Regional synoptic scale climatologically norm‘s,

Densely populated areas within the region,

Location of surrounding Industries,

Representation of regional background,

Facility for Ambient Air Monitoring,

Representation of valid cross – sectional distribution in downwind direction,

Avoidance of proximity of roads, construction activity or any other perturbing activity which may be

temporary in nature, which may lead to some erroneous conclusions.

Availability of manpower, electricity, approach, sturdy structure and protection of samplers.

Dominant Wind Direction.

To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region, monitoring was conducted for 8

numbers of locations during 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018. At the time of location selection previous

micrometeorological data was referred and general wind pattern in the study region was considered for the

selection of minimum one location in the downwind direction. However, ambient air monitoring locations

were also selected in cross sectional wind direction looking towards the possibility of change in wind pattern

during the study period. Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations are presented in Figure 3.7 and Table

3.4.



Figure 3.7 Map showing the Study Region location of Ambient Air



Table 3.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region

Sample Code Location Distance/Direction wrt site

Latitude and Longitude

Selection Criteria

A1 Project Site - 22°22'26.17"N

73° 9'12.49"E -

A2 Bajwa 1.4 km/W 22°22'7.31"N

73° 8'24.67"E Crosswind

A3 Dashrath 2.1 km/N 22°23'34.98"N


A4 Ranoli 3.8 km/NNW 22°23'54.06"N


A5 Sama 5.4 km/ SE 22°20'28.58"N

73°11'41.07"E Crosswind

A6 Laxmipura 4.9 km/SSW 22°19'50.18"N

73° 8'11.63"E Upwind

A7 Asoj 6.2 km/NE 22°24'44.73"N

73°11'44.90"E Downwind

A8 Nandesari 8.4 km/NW 22°24'34.23"N


3.5.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling Sampling team was appointed with one FAE and Technical Assistant to carry out Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring for 8 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site. Sampling and analysis was

carried out as per CPCB, IS 5182 & EPA and instrument operation manual for the parameters PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx, NH3, HF, Fluoride, Urea dust, Methane and Non Methane HC. After the completion of sampling,

samples were brought to the laboratory in Ice box and filter box for analysis. Frequency of sampling was

twice a week during study period.

3.5.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis Samples were collected by using the PM10 and PM2.5 micron dust samplers at suitable height from

obstruction free area as per the availability of the facility. Sampling and Analysis was carried out as per

CPCB Guideline, instrument operational manual and National Environmental Engineering Research

Institute. Detail of reference method is presented in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5 Details of Analysis Method S. No. Parameters Test Method

i. Particulate Matter (PM10) IS 5182 (Part 13):2006/Reaffirmed 2012

ii. Particular matter (PM 2.5) CPCB Guideline,

SOP No. WI/5.4/02-B/03,Issue No.1 Date:01/01/2010

iii. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS 5182 (Part 2):2001/Reaffirmed 2012

iv. Oxide of Nitrogen (NOx) IS 5182 (Part 6):2006



v. Ammonia (NH3) SOP No. WI/5.4/02B/06,Issue No.1

Date:01/01/2010

vi. HF IS 5182 (Part 13):1991

vii. Total Fluoride Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA,

APHA

viii Urea Dust SOP No. WI/5.4/02B/06-A,Issue No.1

Date:01/02/2018

ix. Methane and Non Methane HC Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA,

APHA No. 109

3.5.4 Quality of Ambient Air Minimum, maximum, average and percentile value for the parameters PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NOx are

tabulated in Table 3.6 to Table 3.9 to describe the quality of Ambient Air.

Table 3.6 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5

Sample Code PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile 98th Max. Avg. Min. Percentile

98th Max. Avg.

A1 68.1 84.9 85.4 75.2 38.1 45.2 45.2 41.7

A2 64.3 81.7 82.3 73.7 35.9 44.0 44.3 40.5

A3 67.7 80.5 81.6 73.8 35.3 43.6 44.2 40.2

A4 68.1 80.8 81.4 74.0 34.6 43.5 43.6 40.6

A5 66.4 80.1 80.1 72.8 33.5 43.7 43.7 40.7

A6 62.7 80.3 80.6 73.0 32.1 42.8 42.9 39.1

A7 68.3 84.3 86.2 75.1 38.2 46.2 46.2 42.5

A8 67.4 80.5 80.6 74.6 35.8 45.2 45.8 40.9

NAAQS, 2009 100 60

Table 3.7 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of SO2 and NOx

Sample Code SO2 (µg/m3) NOX (µg/m3)


98th Max. Avg.

A1 11.7 16.8 16.8 14.2 15.7 20.7 20.8 18.7

A2 9.7 14.7 14.7 12.4 14.3 18.2 18.2 16.8

A3 9.8 13.1 13.1 11.7 13.8 18.1 18.6 15.9

A4 9.4 14.8 14.8 12.3 16.9 20.2 20.3 18.7

A5 8.8 14.1 14.6 11.7 14.5 18.1 18.2 16.7

A6 8.5 13.7 13.8 11.5 13.7 18.4 18.4 16.9

A7 10.7 14.9 14.9 13.3 15.9 20.0 20.0 18.0

A8 10.6 14.7 14.7 13.0 15.3 19.6 19.8 17.8

NAAQS, 2009 80 80



Table 3.8 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of NH3 and HF

Sample Code NH3 (µg/m3) HF (µg/m3)


98th Max. Avg.

A1 1.2 2.9 2.9 2.0 0.3 0.8 0.8 0.5

A2 1.0 1.9 2.0 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 -

A3 1.0 2.0 2.1 1.4 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 -

A4 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.2 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 -

A5 1.0 1.7 1.7 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 -

A6 1.0 1.7 1.7 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 -

A7 1.0 2.1 2.1 1.4 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 -

A8 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 -

NAAQS, 2009 400 - Detection Limit of HF – 0.3 µg/m3

Table 3.9 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of Fluoride and Urea Dust

Sample Code Total Fluoride (µg/m3) Urea dust (µg/m3)


98th Max. Avg.

A1 0.8 1.9 1.9 1.2 1.8 4.8 5.4 3.0

A2 <0.3 0.9 0.9 - <1.5 2.1 2.1 -

A3 <0.3 1.4 1.4 - <1.5 3.7 3.7 -

A4 <0.3 0.9 0.9 - <1.5 2.1 2.1 -

A5 <0.3 0.9 0.9 - <1.5 2.0 2.0 -

A6 <0.3 0.9 0.9 - <1.5 2.1 2.1 -

A7 <0.3 0.9 0.9 - <1.5 2.1 2.1 -

A8 0.3 1.4 1.4 0.8 <1.5 4.1 4.1 -

Detection Limit of Total Fluoride – 0.3 µg/m3

Detection Limit of Urea dust – 1.5 µg/m3

3.5.5 Summary of Ambient Air Quality

PM10 was observed in the range of 62.7 – 86.2 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of PM10 was found at

Asoj Village and minimum concentration at Laxmipura Village during the study period.

PM2.5 was observed in the range of 32.1 – 46.2 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of PM2.5 was found

at Asoj Village and minimum concentration at Laxmipura Village during the study period.

SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 8.5 -16.8 µg/m3, which is well within the standard

limit.

NOx concentration in was observed in the range of 13.7- 20.8 µg/m3, which is well within the

standard limit.

Concentration of NH3 ranged from 1.0 -2.9 µg/m3, which is well within the limit.

Sampling and analysis of HF and Total Fluoride was also carried out and the results were found in

the range <0.3 – 0.8 µg/m3 and <0.3 – 1.9 µg/m3.



3.5.6 Interpretation of Ambient Air Quality Data Based on comparison study of results with NAAQS for tested parameters, it is interpreted that ambient air

quality of studied locations is good as all the results of tested parameters are well within the limit.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The objective of the baseline noise survey was to identify existing noise sources and to measure

background noise levels at the sensitive receptors within the study area. Peoples‘ perception of noise varies

depending on number of factors including their natural sensitivity and hearing ability, past experience of

sound, cultural factors and the time of day at which sound is experienced. Continuous sound is perceived

quite differently from intermittent sound at the same level. High or continuous noise levels may cause

permanent loss of hearing ranging from reduced perception at certain frequencies to total deafness. At

comparatively lower levels noise may have psychological effects including disturbance of sleep, annoyance

and irritation.

3.6.1 Sources of Noise Pollution The sources of noise pollution in the study area are industrial noise, noise due to commercial activities,

noise generated by Community, Vehicular traffic etc.

3.6.2 Noise Level in the Study Area Noise level monitoring was carried out with the help of sound level meter at 8 different locations fall under

residential, industrial and high noise generating source. Noise sampling locations are presented in Figure 3.8 and Table 3.10. Analysis results are presented in Table 3.11 and Table 3.12.



Figure 3.8 Map showing the study region location of Noise

Table 3.10 Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region Sample Code Location Distance from

project site/Direction Latitude and Longitude Selection Criteria

N1 Project Site (Nr.

Main Gate) -

22°22'30.66"N

73° 9'28.54"E Industrial Area


Green Belt Area) -

22°22'33.96"N


N3 Project Site (Nr. AS-

1 Plant) -

22°22'27.35"N



Mech. Workshop) -

22°22'29.94"N


N5 Bajwa 1.3 km/W 22°22'7.53"N

73° 8'25.77"E Residential Area

N6 Ranoli 3.7 km/NNW 22°23'54.86"N


N7 Dashrath 1.4 km/NNE 22°23'9.02"N




N8 NH-8 4.3 km/SE 22°21'44.51"N

73°11'45.27"E Highway

Table 3.11 Noise Monitoring report during day time

Sample Code Lmin dB

Ld dB(A)

Lmax dB Zone

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000

N1 65.7 70.4 74.1 Industrial 75

N2 58.4 62.1 66.2 Industrial 75

N3 63.1 68.5 72.4 Industrial 75

N4 62.8 67.3 71.8 Industrial 75

N5 46.3 50.2 54.6 Residential 55

N6 45.8 50.6 54.8 Residential 55

N7 45.1 49.8 54.5 Residential 55

N8 74.5 78.6 82.7 Highway -

Table 3.12 Noise Monitoring report during night time

Sample Code Lmin dB

Ln dB(A)

Lmax dB Zone

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000

N1 62.7 65.1 68.8 Industrial 70

N2 53.1 57.4 60.2 Industrial 70

N3 60.8 64.2 66.3 Industrial 70

N4 56.9 60.8 64.7 Industrial 70

N5 39.8 42.1 44.6 Residential 45

N6 39.2 42.4 44.8 Residential 45

N7 40.1 42.8 45.0 Residential 45

N8 70.1 73.8 77.3 Highway - Note: Day time –6.00 AM to 10.00 PM, Night time – 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM



Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use i.e. residential, commercial, industrial

areas and silence zones, as per ‗The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by

Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. Different standards have been

stipulated for day (6 AM to 10 PM) and night (10 PM to 6 AM). The noise level study shows that the noise

levels are meeting the acceptable norms.

3.6.3 Summary of Noise Data Equivalent noise level was recorded in the range of 62.1 to 70.4 dB (A) at Project Site and it is 49.8

to 50.6 dB (A) in residential area during day time.

Equivalent noise level was recorded in the range of 57.4 to 65.1dB (A) at Project Site and it is 42.1

to 42.8 dB (A) in residential area during night time.

Noise level monitoring was carried out 1 m away from National Highway- 8 and equivalent noise

level was recorded 78.6 dB (A) during day time and 73.8 dB (A) during night time as per factory act

1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB (A).

3.6.4 Interpretation of Noise Data Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial area, it is

interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF&CC. Looking towards the

increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise reducing devices at

noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study area Studies on land use aspects of eco system play an important role to identify sensitive issues and to take

appropriate action for maintaining ecological homeostasis in the region. The main objective of this section is

to provide a baseline status of the area, so that temporal changes due to the proposed project on the

surroundings can be assessed in future.

Data Used: United States Geological Survey (USGS) Satellite Data: Land sat 8 cloud free data has been

used for Land use /Land cover analysis, Satellite Sensor–OLITIRS multi-spectral digital data has been used

for the preparation of land use/ land cover map of present study. Survey of India reference map on 1:50,000

scales have been used for the preparation of base map and geometric correction of satellite data. Ground

truthing has been carried out to validate the interpretation accuracy and reliability of remotely sensed data,

by enabling verification of the interpreted details and by supplementing with the information, which cannot

be obtained directly on satellite imagery.

Methodology: The methodology used for the study consists of following components.

Methodology Adopted for Thematic Data Extraction from the Satellite Imageries

ERDAS image processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software were used for the project. ERDAS

10.0 image processing software was used for digital processing of the spatial data. Digital image

processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use land cover classes of the provided area

from the satellite data. Methodology used for land use classification and mapping is presented in figure 3.9. Land use map is presented in figure 3.10. Land Use Statistic (10 km) is presented in figure 3.11 and Table 3.13.



Figure 3.9 Methodology Used for Land use Classification

Figure 3.10 Land Use Map



Table 3.13 Land use Statistics (10 km) Land Use Land Cover Area (Sq.km) Percentage (%)

Barren Land Waste Land 26.76 8.46

Open Land 10.07 3.18

Agriculture

Fallow Land 33.47 10.58

Crop Land 54.92 17.37

Orchard/Trees 47.38 14.98

Waterbody River/Ponds 3.31 1.05

Settlement Settlement 55.87 17.67

Range Land

Grass Land 32.90 10.40

Mangroves 51.54 16.30

Total 316.20 100 (Source: Land use mapping and primary survey of the area)

8.46%3.18%

10.58%

17.37%

14.98%

1.05%

17.67%

10.40%

16.30%

Waste Land

Open Land

Fallow Land

Crop Land

Orchard/Trees

River/Ponds

Settlement

Grass Land

Mangrove

Figure 3.11 Land use Statistics (10 Km)

3.7.2 Drainage & Elevation Map A drainage Map describes that an area of land where all surface water from rain or from some other sources

converges to a single point at a lower elevation, usually the exit of the basin, where the waters join another

body of water, such as a river, lake, reservoir, estuary, wetland, sea, or ocean. This map tool is used to

search for documents while viewing map features. Drainage Map of studied region is presented in Figure 3.12.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surface_water

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rain

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/River

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reservoir

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estuary

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wetland

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sea

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ocean



Figure 3.12 Drainage Map



Figure 3.13 Digital Elevation Map



3.7.3 Summary and Interpretation of Land Use Map The area surrounding the project site is largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and

Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively of the total study area.

Barren Land like Waste Land and Open Land are covering around 8.46% and 3.18% respectively. Range

Land like Grass Land and Scrub Land are covering around 10.40 % and 16.30% respectively of the total

study area. Water body like River/Ponds is covering around 1.05% of the total study area. Settlement is

covering around 17.67% of the total study area.

3.8 HYDRO-GEOLOGY

3.8.1 Regional Geomorphology and Topography Vadodara district forms a part of the great Gujarat Alluvium plain. The eastern portion of the district

comprising the Chhota Udepur, the Kavant, the Jambughoda and the Naswadi Taluka is hilly while rest of

the district, the western and southern part, comprising of Mahi and Narmada Doab, is a level plain and

undulating terrain. The study area, Vadodara city, is a part of Gujarat Alluvial Plain. The geomorphic

evolution of Gujarat alluvial plain has primarily been attributed to Holocene tectonic activity. The study area

is a part of Dhadhar River basin and Vishwamitri River, flowing across the Vadodara city, is subsidiary of

Dhadhar River. The river, before meeting the Gulf of Cambay, exhibits a deeply incised channel and

several entrenched meanders all along its course in the Gujarat alluvial plain. The study area is a Alluvium

plain deposited due to fluvial activity of these rivers.

3.8.2 Geology The proposed project is located in highly urbanized area i.e. in middle of the Vadodara city. Geologically

the area is covered by recent age alluvium especially fluvial deposits of fine sand, silt and clay.

3.8.3 Drainage Pattern The site and surrounding area is drained by Vishwamitri River. Natural slope of the area of site and

surrounding is toward SE i.e. towards Vishwamitri River which further flows toward south and SW before

merging in Gulf of Khambhat.

3.8.4 Natural Hazards The site and entire Vadodara city falls under Seismic Zone III i.e. Moderate Damage Risk zone as per the

Earthquake Hazard Map of India as per Vulnerability Atlas - 2nd Edition by SOI, GOI.

3.8.5 Hydrology and Ground Water Alluvium deposits comprising sand acts as an aquifer for the study area. Groundwater in this area occurs in

semi-confined to confined conditions. Groundwater in the area is around ~25 m depth below ground level.

Vadodara block falls under Semi-Critical zone as per Groundwater Resource-2011 but Vadodara District

Groundwater Brochure published by CGWA shows it falls in Over-Exploited zone.



3.9 TRAFFIC STUDY Proposed project connect with National Highway-8. Proposed project will attract to commercial vehicles as

a result traffic load will also increase on highways. Traffic load play a major role in polluting the air. To

assess the traffic load, 2 Nos. of surveyors were appointed to survey for National Highway 8.

Traffic data collected continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of vehicles under three

categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three wheelers. As traffic densities on

the roads are high, two persons were deployed simultaneously at each station during each shift- one

person on each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour, fresh counting and

recording was undertaken. Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined.

Traffic study is conducted on National Highway 8 from 28th and 29th Mar 2018.

Table 3.14 Traffic Study Report

S.No. Vehicles

Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day

Passenger Car Unit (PCU)

Total No. of Vehicle in PCU

Total No. of Vehicle (PCU)/Hour

NH-8 NH-8 NH-8

1. Cars 20450 1.0 20450 852

2. Buses 1128 3.0 3384 141

3. Trucks 1842 3.0 5526 230

4. Two

wheelers 15422 0.5 7711 321

5. Three

wheelers 2542 0.75 1907 79

Total 41384 38978 1623

Table 3.15 Existing Traffic Scenario with respect to LOS

V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good/Average/Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor

0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

Road V (Volume in PCU/hr)

C (Capacity in PCU/hr)

Existing V/C Ratio LOS

NH-8 1623 3000 0.54 C



3.9.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study LOS values have been calculated based on traffic data on NH-8 and it has been found 0.54. LOS value

indicates that the performance of NH-8 is good.

3.10 SOIL QUALITY 4 numbers of samples were collected from different locations within 10 km radius to assess the base line

status of soil. Analysis was also carried out for physico-chemical parameters as well as the parameters to

define the texture class. Soil samples were collected by using core cutter and brought to the laboratory in

polythene bags. Standard procedures have been followed for soil sampling and analysis. Soil sampling

locations are presented in Figure 3.14 and tabulated in Table 3.16. Results are presented in Table 3.17.

Figure 3.14 Map showing the study region location of Soil

Table 3.16 Details of Soil sampling location Sample Code Location Distance from the project

site/Direction Latitude and Longitude Selection Criteria

S1 Project Site

(AS-I) -

22°22'28.56"N 73° 9'5.21"E

Non-Agricultural Land

S2 Bajwa 1.6 km/E 22°22'5.70"N 73° 8'22.29"E

Non-Agricultural Land

S3 Dashrath 1.2 km/NNE 22°23'6.51"N 73° 9'28.65"E

Agricultural Land



S4 Ranoli 3.3 km/NNW 22°23'51.42"N 73° 7'51.92"E

Agricultural Land

Table 3.17 Soil Sample Analysis Result S. No Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4

1. Water Holding Capacity % 58.7 60.2 53.5 55.6

2. Porosity % 52.3 55.2 48.6 50.2

3. Particle Size Distribution

a. Sand % 26.32 24.12 58.24 59.14

b. Silt % 21.27 26.08 21.06 19.41

c. Clay % 52.41 49.80 20.70 21.45

4. Texture - Clay Clay

Sandy

Clay

Loam

Sandy

Clay

Loam

5. Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100 g 39.9 42.6 23.1 27.5

6. pH - 7.42 7.81 8.04 8.22

7. Electrical Conductivity dS/m 1.4 1.3 0.6 0.7

8. Exchangeable Sodium % 8.0 6.6 4.3 4.4

9. Exchangeable Calcium meq/100g 19.4 20.2 12.1 14.2

10. Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100g 16.2 18.6 9.4 11.4

11. Exchangeable Sodium meq/100g 3.1 2.8 1.0 1.2

12. Exchangeable Potassium meq/100g 1.2 1.0 0.6 0.7

13. Organic Carbon(OC) % 0.82 0.86 1.0 1.1

14. Total Nitrogen % 0.07 0.074 0.086 0.095

15. Nitrate N mg/100g 6.8 7.6 16.24 28.5

16. Total Phosphorus mg/100g 5.24 4.12 25.8 27.2

17. Total Iron mg/100gm 105.2 115.4 156.2 160.4

18. Total Zinc mg/100gm 2.62 1.85 5.21 5.62

19. Total Copper mg/100gm 2.38 1.54 3.31 3.44

20. Total Boron mg/100gm 1.68 0.95 2.33 2.56

21. Total Chromium mg/100gm 1.22 1.45 1.32 1.08

3.10.1 Summary of Soil Data The soils are categorized as sandy loam to sandy clay loam based on different soil separates (sand,

silt and clay).

Soil have moderate water holding capacity (53.50 to 60.2 %) and porosity varied from 48.6 – 50.20

%, but moderate drainage capacity as texture is clay at the site as > 70 % is clay+ silt.

The soil is categorized as deep black having > 1m depth. The CEC (23.1 to 42.6 meq/100 g) of soil

indicated that soils are having moderate (21 to 50 meq/100 g) productivity potential. The pH ranged

from 7.42 to 8.22 during the study period.

The soil EC varied from 0.6 to 1.4 dS/m and ESP ranged from 4.3 to 8.0. These parameters indicate

that soils are neutral to alkaline (pH 7.8 to 8.5) in reaction, non-saline (EC < 0.8 dS/m) to saline (EC

>0.8 dS/m) and non-sodic, as pH is <8.5 and ESP is < 15. Among exchangeable basic cations,

predominance of calcium (12.1 to 20.2 meq/100 gm) was seen followed by magnesium (9.4 to 18.60

meq/100 g), sodium (1.0 to 3.1 meq/100 gm) and potassium (0.6 to1.2 meq/100 gm).



The loss on ignition (0.82 to 1.1 % OC) indicate that soils are high (>0.75 % OC) in organic carbon

status. This shows that soils are high in nitrogen status.

Considering only 2% available phosphorus based on total P, soils are classified as poor (>28 kg

P2O5/ha) in available P. On the basis of exchangeable potassium values soils are categorized as

medium (140-280 kg K2O/ha) to high (>280 kg K2O/ha) in potassium status. The results relating to

total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn do not show alarming concentrations in different soil samples.

3.10.2 Interpretation of Soil Data Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soil at the project site is saline (EC>0.8 dS/m), which

requires application of liberal quantity of organic manures and provision of drainage. The soils are high in

nitrogen, low in phosphorus and medium to high in available potassium. The levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B

and Zn are within the limits. However, for successful greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic

manure (50 tons/ha) and double the quantity of recommended doses of P fertilizer should be applied. The

nitrogen and potassium are adequate; hence 20% less than the recommended dose for green belt should

be applied. The soil at the project site should be periodically monitored for EC, pH and ESP as well as OC

(organic carbon), available P and K status.

3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT Physical, Chemical and Microbiological factors influencing water quality are so interrelated that a change in

any water quality parameter may trigger other changes in a complete network of interrelated variables.

Selected water quality parameters for surface and ground water resources along with biological indicators

within study region have been used for water environment and assessing the impact on it by proposed

project. A study on water environment aspects of ecosystem plays an important role in environmental

assessment to identify water related sensitive issues.

3.11.1 Reconnaissance As a significant part of predefined framework of the present study water samples were collected from

selected locations. The Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized

based on:

Presence, Location and uses of major water bodies in the region,

Type and Location of Industrial/residential areas, their intake and effluent disposal locations,

Likely areas that can represent baseline conditions.

3.11.2 Water Quality With the start of water quality study, the water resources in the study area were divided into two categories

for getting ideal upshot of baseline status of water quality of the region. These two categories as

determined are:

Ground water resources (tube well, open well, springs etc.)

Surface water resources including ponds, river, canals.

3.11.3 Sampling and Analysis All the water samples were collected and analyzed as per ―Standard Methods for Examination of Water &

Wastewater‖, APHA 23rd Edition, 2017. Water Samples for the analysis of physico-chemical parameters

were collected in plastic carboy and parameter wise preserved onsite as per the technique defined in the

book of APHA 23rd Edition, 2017. Temperature, pH and DO were analyzed onsite and samples were

brought to the laboratory for the analysis of remaining parameters.



3.11.4 Ground Water To assess the quality of ground water, samples were collected from 7 numbers of locations for the analysis

of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Ground water sampling locations are presented in

Table 3.18 and Figure 3.15. Analysis results are presented in Table 3.19.

Figure 3.15 Map showing the study region with locations for Ground Water



Table 3.18 Details of Ground Water sampling locations

Sample Code Location Distance from the project site/Direction Latitude and Longitude Source

GW1 Bajwa 1.5 km/W 22°22'7.68"N

73° 8'18.25"E Bore well

GW2 Dashrath 2.2 km/N 22°23'35.18"N

73° 8'51.19"E Bore well

GW3 Ranoli 3.1 km/NNW 22°23'53.51"N

73° 8'13.18"E Bore well

GW4 Sama 5.0 km/SE 22°20'27.89"N

73°11'40.31"E Bore well

GW5 Laxmipura 5.0 km/SW 22°19'48.53"N

73° 8'24.17"E Bore well

GW6 Asoj 6.2 km/NE 22°24'40.58"N

73°11'54.55"E Hand Pump

GW7 Nandesari 8.2 km/NW 22°24'34.17"N

73° 5'4.43"E

Bore well

Table 3.19 Ground water Analysis Results

S. No. Parameters Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7

Drinking Water Specification IS 10500: 1992 (Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. Temperature 0C

28.5 28 28 28.5 28 29 28.5 -- --

2. pH @ 250C pH Unit

6.93 6.72 7.29 8.15 7.55 7.71 7.57 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

3. Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

5 15



4. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Agreeable --

5. TDS @ 1800C mg/L

986 1208 882 781 692 574 764 500 2000

6. Conductivity µmho/cm 1482 1814 1324 1168 1038 862 1146

-- --

7. Turbidity NTU 2.1 2.4 1.8 1.4 1.6 1.0 1.6

1 5

8. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/L 640 732 418 384 296 320 258 200 600

9. Calcium mg/L 136 154 82.6 74.6 64.2 44 56.4

75 200

10. Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/L 440 340 384 356 288 284 252 200 600

11. Chloride mg/L 232 274 264 204 184 155 254

250 1000

12. Magnesium mg/L 72.9 84.3 51.4 47.9 32.9 51 28.4

30 100

13. Sulphate mg/L 108 287 26.6 28.6 50.4 18.4 18.6

200 400

14. Total Phosphorus

(PO4-P) mg/L 2.2 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.4 1.9 -- --

15. Sodium mg/L 104 140 160 128 124 92 162

-- --

16. Potassium mg/L 38 28 38 22 36 12 32

-- --

17. Fluoride mg/L 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.5

1.0 1.5

18. Phenolic Compound mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

0.001 0.002

19. Oil and Grease mg/L <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

-- --

20. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.4 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.5 5.6 5.5

-- --

21. Nitrate mg/L 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5

45 No Relaxation



22. Total Nitrogen mg/L 1.4 1.6 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.2

- -

23. Iron mg/L 0.28 0.33 0.24 0.22 0.18 0.14 0.21

0.3 No Relaxation

24. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

0.05 1.5

25. Boron mg/L 0.08 0.1 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.06

0.5 1.0

26. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

0.05 No Relaxation

27. Zinc mg/L 0.13 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.12 <0.1 0.11

5 15

28. Total Coliform Present/Ab

sent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be detectable in

any100 ml of sample



3.11.5 Summary of Ground Water Quality The test results were compared with the Drinking Water Specification: IS: 10500, 1992 (Reaffirmed

2012) and it is summarized as under.

The pH was observed in the range of 6.72– 8.15, which meets with drinking water norms.

Turbidity was found in the range of 1.0 – 2.4 NTU.

Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) were recorded in the range of 574 - 1208 mg/L with minimum at Asoj

village and maximum at Dashrath village.

Conductivity varies from 862 to 1814 µmho/cm. The ratio of TDS to conductivity was observed in the

range of 0.6 to 0.65 which is within the desired range.

Total Hardness was in the range of 258- 732 mg/L with minimum at Nandesari village and maximum

at Dashrath village.

Total Alkalinity was found in the range of 252 - 440 mg/L with minimum at Nandesari village and

maximum at Bajwa village.

Chloride was found in the range of 155 to 274 mg/L and Sulphate varies from18.4 to 287 mg/L.

DO is one of the important parameter which denotes towards the organic contamination in water and

results were found in the range of 5.3 to 5.6 mg/L.

Iron was found in the range of 0.14-0.33 mg/L with minimum at Asoj village and maximum at

Dashrath village.

Testing of other heavy metal parameter was also carried out and all the results were found well

within the limit.

As microbiological parameters MPN analysis was also carried out and it was found Nil.

3.11.6 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Data Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms, it is interpreted that water qualities

of studied locations meet with the drinking water standards except Bajwa and Dashrath Village. Total

Hardness value for Bajwa and Dashrath village was found 640 mg/L and 732 mg/L which is more than

the value given as permissible limit. Iron content has also been found higher side in these two villages

Bajwa and Dashrath. This indicates that water quality for Bajwa and Dashrath village is not fit for drinking

purpose. Quality of water for the samples taken from other villages can be considered good and these

water sources can be used in drinking purposes in absence of alternate source as all the results are not

within the desirable limit as per drinking water norms IS 10500:2012. Rainwater harvesting and ground

water recharging may be helpful to improve the quality of water.

3.11.7 Surface Water To assess the quality of Surface water, samples were collected from 4 numbers of locations for the

analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Frequency of sampling was once during

the study period. Sampling and analysis was carried out as per ―Standard Methods for Examination of

Water and Wastewater 23rd Edition, 2017. Surface water sampling locations are presented in the Table 3.20 and Figure 3.16. Analysis results are presented in Table 3.21 & 3.22.



Figure 3.16 Map showing the locations for Surface water

Table 3.20 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sample Code Location

Distance from the project

Site/Direction

Latitude and Longitude Source

SW1 Dashrath 2.1 km/N 22°23‘32.62‖N 73° 8‘51.11‖E

Pond

SW2 Ranoli 3.6 km/NW 22°23‘50.61‖N 73° 7‘45.58‖E

Pond

SW3 Laxmipura 5.3 km/SW 22°19‘41.37‖N 73° 8‘22.12‖E

Pond

SW4 Mahi River 8.6 km/WNW 22°23‘32.38‖N 73° 4‘19.64‖E

River

SW5 Vishwamitri River 8.4 km/SE 22°18'29.55"N 73°11'18.76"E

River



Table 3.21 Surface Water Analysis Results

# Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5

Drinking Water Specification

IS 10500: 1992/(Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable

Limit

Permissible

Limit

1. Temperature 0C 28.0 28.5 28.5 28.0 28.5 - -

2. pH @ 250C pH Unit 6.81 7.81 8.02 8.08 6.82 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

3. Colour Hazen 15 10 12 <5 5 5 15

4. Odour - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Agreeable -

5. TDS @ 180

0C

mg/L 664 1112 894 358 608 500 2000

6. Conductivity µmho/cm 982 1654 1338 542 932 - -

7. TSS mg/L 12 14 14 10 10 - -

8. Total

Hardness mg/L 345 600 210 218 368 200 600

9. Calcium mg/L 96.2 112 35.2 48.3 72 75 200

10. Total

Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/L 294 540 490 202 292

200 600

11. Chloride mg/L 169 325 196 76 152 250 1000

12. Magnesium mg/L 25.4 77.8 29.6 23.6 46 30 100

13. Sulphate mg/L 52.4 31.1 28.1 16.5 25.3 200 400



14. Total

Phosphorus mg/L 1.8 2.8 2.2 1.4 3.4 - -

15. Sodium mg/L 102 195 270 48 95 - -

16. Potassium mg/L 28 30 22 6 12 - -

17. Fluoride mg/L 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.4 0.6 1.0 1.5

18. Phenolic Comp.

mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.001 0.002

19. Oil and Grease

mg/L <1 <1 <01 <01 <1 - -

20. DO mg/L 4.9 4.7 4.6 5.0 4.6 - -

21. COD mg/L 12 16 18 12 22 - -

22. BOD(3 days

at 27 0C)

mg/L <4 7 8 <4 6 - -

23. Nitrate mg/L 0.6 1.2 1.7 0.5 1.0 45 No Relaxation

24. Total

Nitrogen mg/L 1.3 2.7 2.5 1.1 2.1 - -

25. Iron mg/L 0.28 0.42 0.34 0.12 0.38 0.3 No Relaxation

26. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

27. Boron mg/L 0.05 0.09 0.08 0.03 0.08 0.5 1.0

28. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 No Relaxation

29. Zinc mg/L 0.1 0.14 0.12 <0.1 0.12 Nil 15



Table 3.22 Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water

Sample Code Total coliform Fecal coliform Escherichia coli Fecal Streptococci

Most Probable No (MPN): No/100 mL

SW1 28 20 <1.8 <1.8

SW2 24 18 4.0 <1.8

SW3 22 14 4.0 <1.8

SW4 26 16 <1.8 <1.8

SW5 46 27 14 <1.8

Table 3.23 Standard limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological parameters S.No. Organisms Requirements

1. All water intended for drinking: a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria

Shall not be detectable in 100 mL sample

2.

Treated water entering the distribution system: a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria b) Total coliform bacteria

Shall not be detectable in 100 mL sample Shall not be detectable in 100 mL sample

3. Treated water in the distribution system: a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria b) Total coliform bacteria

Shall not be detectable in 100 mL sample Shall not be detectable in 100 mL sample



1) Immediate investigative action shall be taken if either E.coli or total coliform bacteria are detected. The

minimum action in the case of total coliform bacteria is repeat sampling; if these bacteria are detected in

the repeat sample, the cause shall be determined by immediate further investigation.

2) Although, E. coli is the more precise indicator of fecal pollution, the count of thermo tolerant coli form

bacteria is an acceptable alternative. If necessary, proper confirmatory tests shall be carried out. Total

coliform bacteria are not acceptable indicators of the sanitary quality of rural water supplies, particularly

in tropical areas where many bacteria of no sanitary significance occur in almost all untreated supplies.

3) It is recognized that, in the great majority of rural water supplies in developing countries, fecal

contamination is widespread. Under these conditions, the national surveillance agency should set

medium-term targets for progressive improvement of water supplies.

3.11.8 Summary of Surface Water Quality The following description is based on the analysis of the samples:

During the analysis pH of the samples was found in the range of 6.81-8.08.

TDS analysis was also carried out for surface water sample and it was found in the range of 358-

1112 mg/L.

TSS was found in the range of 10 – 14 mg/L.

Total Hardness ranges from 210– 600 mg/L with maximum in the water sample of Ranoli village and

minimum in Laxmipura.

DO is one of the important parameter to indicate towards the contamination of organic matter. DO

level decreases as soon as organic contamination increases. During analysis DO was found in the

range of 4.6-5.0 mg/L.

COD and BOD analysis was also carried out during the study period and results were found more

than the expected value. Various literatures show that BOD should be less than 4.0 mg/L for the

better survival of aquatic life.

Total Nitrogen was found in the range of 1.1 – 2.7 mg/L.

Heavy metal analysis was also carried out and the Iron content was found in the range of 0.12- 0.42

mg/L.

MPN test was also carried out for this surface water sample and it was found positive. It indicates

towards the faecal contamination in surface water body.

3.11.9 Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Data Based on test result data comparison study, it is interpreted that Surface water quality do not meet with

drinking water norms as per IS 10500:2012. Results of COD, BOD and Iron have been found more than

expected value which indicates that water has been contaminated with organic matter. This organic

contamination may be due to animal bath and death and decay of plants leaves. This water should not

be directly used in drinking purpose but it can be used in drinking after conventional treatment followed

by disinfection. This water can be used in irrigation and other domestic purposes.

3.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

3.12.1 Methodology The baseline survey for ecological status of flora and fauna has been carried out by primary survey as

per QMS procedure QP-44.



3.12.2 Floral Diversity of the Study Area The objective of study is to provide the floral structure in the study area so that effective management

can be done to conserve the natural wealth. Qualitative study was conducted for the survey of flora.

Cropping pattern, trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and grasses were surveyed and the detail is

summarized as under.

Trees: The dominant trees in the study area are Neem (Azadirachta indica), Babool (Acacia nilotica),

Aam (Mangifera indica), Nilgiri (Eucalyptus species) Sharu (Cassurina equisetifolia) and Narial (Cocos

nucifera). Total 43 species of trees belong to 19 families were enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.24 Trees Species of Study Area S.No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common name

1 Apocynaceae

1/1 Carissa congesta Karmada Karanda

2/2 Calotropis procera Akdo Rubber bush

2 Arecaceae

3/1 Phoenix sylvestris Khajuri Wild Date Plum

4/2 Cocos nucifera Nariel Coconut palm

3 Boraginaceae

5/1 Cordia gharaf Godni Gondni

4 Burseraceae

6/1 Garuga pinnata Kaked Garuga

5 Bignoniaceae

7/1 Tecomella undulate Ragat Rohido Roheda

6 Combretaceae

8/1 Terminalia bellerica Behdo Myrobalan

9/2 Terminalia chebula Herde Chebulic Myrobalan

10/3 Terminalia cranulata Sadad

11/4 Terminalia catappa Badam Indian Almond

7 Caricaceae

12/1 Carica papaya Papaya Papaya

8 Casuarinaceae

13/1 Casuarina equisetifolia Sharu Whistling Pine

9 Capparaceae

14/1 Capparis grandis Thikari Tree Caper

10 Euphorbiaceae

15/1 Emblica officinalis Amla Gooseberry

11 Fabaceae

16/1 Tamarindus indica Amli Tamarind

17/2 Pongomia pinnata Karanj Pongam

18/3 Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval Mesquite

19/4 Samanea saman Rato Sarasdo Rain tree

20/5 Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar Butterfly tree

21/6 Albizzia procera Killai (kevlo) White Siris



22/7 Bauhinia racemosa Ashitro Bidi tree

23/8 Acacia auriculiformis Bengali Baval Earleaf Acacia

24/9 Senegalia catechu Khair Cutch Tree

25/10 Acacia nilotica Desi Baval Babul

26/11 Cassia fistula Garmalo Amaltas

27/12 Senna auriculata Aval Tarwar

28/13 Dalbergia paniculata Patrali -

29/14 Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Sissoo

12 Loranthaceae

30/1 Dendrophthoe falcate Vando Honey Suckle

Mistletoe

13 Meliaceae

31/1 Melia azaderach Bakam Limdo Chinaberry

32/2 Azadirachta indica Limdo Neem

14 Malvaceae

33/1 Bombax ceiba Shimdo Silk cotton

15 Myrtaceae

34/1 Eucalyptus species Nilgiri -

16 Moraceae

35/1 Ficus bengalensis Vad Banyan

36/2 Ficus glomerata Umero Cluster fig

37/3 Ficus religiosa Pipdo Peepal

38/4 Morus alba Shetur Mulbery

17 Rhamnaceae

39/1 Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Indian Jujube

40/2 Ziziphus xylopyrus Ghat Bor Bhorghoti

18 Rutaceae

41/1 Aegle marmelos Bili Bel

42/2 Cirtus limon Limbu Lemon

19 Sapotaceae

43/1 Madhuca indica Mahudo Mahua

Shrubs: The dominant shrubs in the study area are Mehandi, Karen and Paraspipla. Total 12 species of shrubs belong to 09 families were enumerated from the study area during the primary survey.

Table 3.25 Shrub Species

S.No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common name

1 Apocynaceae

1/1 Nerium indicum Karen Indian Oleander

2 Euphorbiaceae

2/1 Jathorpha gossypifolia Ratanjot Black Bellyache Bush

3/2 Jatropha curcas Ratanjot Physic Nut



3 Fabaceae

4/1 Tephrosia purpurea Sartankho Purple Tephrosia.

4 Lythraceae

5/1 Lawsonia inermis Mehndi Hina

5 Lamiaceae

6/1 Vitex negundo Nagod Chaste Tree

6 Malvaceae

7/1 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasud China Rose

8/2 Hibiscus vitifolius Van Kapas Grape Leaved Mallow

9/3 Thespesia populnea ParasPiplo Indian tulip

7 Oleaceae

10/1 Nyctanthus arbor tristis Parijatak Night-flowering Jasmine

8 Rhamnaceae

11/1 Zizyphus oenoplia Boydinovelo Jackal Jujube

9 Vitaceae

12/1 Leea edgeworthii Dussorudi Leea asiatica

Source: Primary survey and Forest Dept. Vadodara

Herbs: The dominant herbs in the study area are Tulsi, Barmasi and Dhatura. Total 23 species of herbs

belong to 18 families were enumerated from the study area during the primary survey.

Table 3.26 Herbs Species of Study Area

S.No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common name

1 Apocynaceae

1/1 Catharanthus roseus Barmasi Madagascar periwinkle

2 Amaranthaceae

2/1 Aerva sanguinolenta Karadia Climbing Wool Plant

3 Apiaceae

3/1 Centella asiatica Bhrami Centella

4 Asteraceae

4/1 Launaea procumbens Bhonyadandi Creeping Launaea

5 Brassicaceae

5/1 Brassica juncea Rai India mustard

6 Boraginaceae

6/1 Trichodesma amplexicaule Undhafuli Indian borage

7 Caesapiniaceae

7/1 Cassia tora Kunvandio Sickle Senna

8 Convolvulaceae



8/1 Ipomoea aquatica Forsk Mali Ni Bhaji Swamp Morning-Glory

9 Lamiaceae

9/1 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Holy Basil

10/2 Lavandula bipinnata Roth

11/3 Leucas aspera Kubi Thumbai

10 Musaceae

12/1 Musa paradisiacal Kela Banana

11 Malvaceae

13/1 Sida cordata Bhoyabala Long-stalk Sida

14/2 Hibiscus lobatus Tali Lobed Leaf Mallow

12 Pedaliaceae

15/1 Sesamum indicum Fal Sesame

13 Phyllanthaceae

16/1 Phyllanthus fraternus Bhonya Amli Gulf Leaf-Flower

14 Papaveraceae

17/1 Argemone mexicana Darudi Mexcian prickly poppy

15 Poaceae

18/1 Foxtail millet Kang -

19/2 Bothriochloa pertusa Zenzvo Hurricane Grass

16 Papilionaceae

20/1 Indigofera linnaei Fatakiya Birdsville Indigo

17 Solanaceae

21/1 Capsicum annum Marchi Chilli pepper

22/2 Datura metel Ganthovalo Dhanturo Devil's Trumpet

18 Zygophyllaceae

23/1 Tribulus terrestris BethuGokhru Bindii

Table 3.27 Climber Species

S. No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common name

1 Cucurbitaceae

1/1 Cucurbita maxima Kolu Autumn squash

2/2 Quisqualis indica Madhu Malti Rangoon creeper

2 Liliaceae

3/1 Asparagus racemosus Satavai Satawari

3 Nyctaginaceae

4/1 Bongainvillea spectabilis Boganvel Great Bougainvillea

4 Passifloraceae

5/1 Passiflora edulis Krishna Kamal Passion fruit

5 Vitaceae

6/1 Ampelocissus latfolia Jungli Wild Grape



Table 3.28 Grasses

S.No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common Name

1 Poaceae - -

1/1 Bothriochlo apertusa Zenzvo hurricane grass

2/2 Cynodon dactylon Darb Bermuda grass

Source: Primary survey and Forest dept. Vadodara

Major Crops in the Study Area:

Kharif Cereals: Bajara, Jowar

Pulses: Pigeon Peas, Moong, Urd

Oil Seeds: Groundnut, Castor, Cotton, Sunflower, Soyabean

Rabi: Cereals: Wheat

Pulses: Gram

Oil Seeds: Mustards

Fruits: Watermelon, Gaunt, Pumpkin, Musk Melon

Others: Onion, Methi

3.12.3 Faunal Diversity of the Study Area The faunal diversity in terms of mammal, reptiles, avian, fishes etc.

3.12.4 Mammals Total five number of mammal‘s species has been recorded during the survey. Only those species have

been recorded in the study area that coexists with human settlement.

Table 3.29 Mammals in the Study Area

# Family Common Name Scientific Name Schedule as per WPA 1972

1. Craseonycteridae Bat Chiroptera sps. Schedule V

2. Herpestidae Nurulia, Noria Herpestes edwardsi Schedule II

3. Muridae Rat Rattus rattus Schedule V

4. Mouse Mus musculus Schedule V

5. Sciuridae Khiskoli Funambulus penanti Schedule IV

Table 3.30 Domestic Mammals in the Study Area S.No. Family Common Name Scientific Name

1. Bovidae

Buffalo Bubalus bubalis

2. Cow Bos taurus

3. Goat Capra aegagrushircus

4. Canidae Dog Canis lupus familiaris



3.12.5 Birds

Table 3.31 Avi Fauna Family Vernacular

Name Common Name Scientific Name Migratory

Status Accipitridae Govinda

Samadi

Common pariah kite Milvus migrans RM

- Scavenger vulture Neophron

percnopterus

RM

Lagothi Common kingfisher Alcedo atthis RM

Apodidae Khokhadbaglo Indian pond heron Ardeola grayii R

Ardeidae Dhorbaglo Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis RM

Baglo Little egret Egretta garzetta R

Charadriidae Titodi Red-wattled

lapwing

Vanellus indicus R

Cisticolidae - Jungle wren-

warbler

Prinia sylvatica R

Darjido Tailor bird Orthotomus sutorius R

Columbidae Kabutar Blue rock pigeon Columba livia R

Holo Indian ring dove Streptopelia decaocto R

Sudo, Popat Rose ringed

DOveparakeet

Psittacula krameri R

Cuculidae - Indian cuckoo Cuculus micropterus R

Koyal Koel Eudynamys

scolopacea

R

Dicruridae Kalo koshi Black drongo Dicrurus adsimilis RM

Elapidae Deshi chhapo Common Indian

nightjar

Caprimulgus asiaticus R

Laridae - Indian river tern Sterna aurantia R

Leiothrichidae Sheradi Common babbler Turdoides caudatus R

Vana laledo Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus RM

Motacillidae Matano

pilakya

Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava

melanogrisea

RM

Muscicapidae - Redbreasted

flycatcher

Muscicapa parva RM

Daiyad Magpie robin Copsychus saularis RM

Deoli Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata R

Nectariniidae Phul chakli Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R

- Yellow backed

sunbird

Aethopyga siparaja R

Passeridae Chakli House sparrow Passer domesticus R

Phasianidae Mor Common peafowl Pavo cristatus R

Ploceidae Sughari Baya Ploceus philippinus R

Pycnonotidae Bulbul Redvented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer R

Strigidae Ghubad Jungle owlet Glaucidium radiatum R

- Brahminy myna Sturnus pagodarum R

Kabar Indian myna Acridotheres tristis R

Vana kabar Jungle myna Acridotheres fuscus R

NOTE: R-Resident, M- Migratory, RM – Resident & Migratory

Table 3.32 List of Reptiles in the Study Area Family

Common Name Vernacular Name Scientific Name Schedule as

per WPA 1972



Agamidae Common Garden

lizard

Kachindo Calotes versicolor Not Listed

Southern green

calotes

Kachindo Calotes calotes Not Listed

Chamaeleonidae Indian chameleon Sarado Chameleon zeylanicus Not Listed

Colubridae Common ratsnake Dhaman Ptyas mucosus Schedule IV

Checkered

keelback

Dendu Xenochrophis piscator Schedule II

Crocodylidae Crocodile Muggar Crocodylus palustris Schedule I

Elapidae Indian cobra Nag Naja naja Schedule II

Gekkonidae Northern House

gecko

Garoli Hemidactylus flaviviridis Not Listed

Trionychidae Flap shell Indian

Turtle

Kachbo Lissemys punctata Schedule -I

Typhlopidae Common worm

snake

An-sap Ramphotyphlops

braminus

-

Note: Conservation plan for scheduled I species has been prepared and enclosed as Annexure IV.

Table 3.33 Detail of Fishes S. No. Family Fishes Scientific Name

1. 9

.

Anchariidae Cat Fish Siluriformes

2. 4

.

Brachyura Crab Charybdis sp

3. 1

.

Cyprinidae Catla Gibelion catla

4. 2

.

Mrigal Cirrhinus cirrhosus

5. 3

.

Calbasu Labeo alluaudi

6. 1

1

.

Mastacembelidae Eel Anguilliformes

7. 1

0

.

Mugilidae Mullet Mugilidae

8. 5

.

Penaeidae

Prawn P. merguiensis

9. 7

.

Pseudochactidae

Scorpion Scorpaenidae

Source: Primary Survey and Forest Department, Baroda

3.12.6 Interpretation of Ecology and Biodiversity The study area covers largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and Orchard/Trees are

covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively. The manmade habitat for fauna like Sayaji

Baugh (Garden) and domesticated trees along the road, houses and some degraded forest in the study

area are also observed. Peafowl (bird), flap shell Indian turtle and crocodile (reptile) are protected under

Schedule- I as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 in which peafowl is very common and turtle is restricted

to Sursagar Lake located at heart of the city while crocodile is restricted to Vishwamitri River as these are

the niche for the turtle and crocodile. Avifauna is common as in almost area have the domesticated trees

and sparse vegetation. No national park or wild life sanctuary is located in 10 km radius from the projects.

The schedule –I specie has to be protected and not to be disturbed at all as per the provision of Indian

Wildlife Protection Act 1972, however no impact envisaged on these species due to expansion of

ammonium sulphate in the GSFC complex.

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT The socio-economic environment includes demography structure, population density, literacy level, and

employment levels. The data establish a baseline for the prediction of likely impacts of the proposed

activity on the socio-economic environment. Secondary information pertaining to the study area villages

was collected from Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2011, and statistical abstracts to

compile the socio-economic data.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anchariidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penaeidae

https://www.britannica.com/animal/Pseudochactidae



3.13.1 Socio-Economic Survey Methodology Socio-economic survey tools provide a means of improving understanding of local resource

management systems, resource use and the relative importance of resources for households and

villages. They can also be used to elicit insights on interaction with government decision-making

systems, community perceptions of trends and priority issues, and community-based institutions and

their role in the sustainable use and conservation of natural resources.

Data Collection: Following steps were considered for the collection of primary data:

1. Identification of Study Area: The study area was identified before carrying out the survey. All the

related information which could affect the prosperity, development and literacy were also collected.

2. Site Visit: Location wise survey plan & format for data collection were prepared for site visit. Data

regarding Land Characteristics, Population, Literacy, Workers and Amenities were collected during the

survey.

Analysis of Data: The data collected by primary survey were verified with secondary data collected from

sources like Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2011, and statistical abstracts.

3.13.2 Demography Almost all villages in the study area are experiencing a rapid growth of population due to

industrialization. The total population of study region is summarized in Table 3.34.

3.13.3 Population Density Population density in the study area varies from 169 - 5032 person/sq. km. Details of the same are

tabulated in Table 3.34.

Table 3.34 Details of Population in Study Area

Villages No. of Household Total population Total area (sq.km)

Population density

Person/sq.km Ankodiya 937 4608 5.21 884

Dhanora 864 4006 2.81 1426

Khanpur 304 1466 1.93 760

Sherkhi 1841 9464 12.35 766

Mahapura 268 1601 1.19 1345

Anagadh 2815 14780 11.37 1300

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 950 4740 6.14 772

Padmala 1059 5446 6.96 782

Rayaka 361 1981 5.95 333

Sankarda 1472 7460 7.34 1016

Vasna-Kotariya 796 3974 4.99 796

Sokhda 2454 12610 11.80 1069

Kotna 594 2902 4.14 701

Virod 506 2461 10.92 225

Dena 480 2565 4.44 578

Sukhlipur 185 942 3.21 293



Kotali 266 1269 3.12 407

GSFC Complex (INA) 574 2242 3.23 694

Nandesari (INA) 833 3679 2.06 1786

Nandesari (CT) 1717 8290 7.85 1056

Bajwa (CT) 1906 9611 1.91 5032

Ranoli (CT) 2511 11726 6.92 1695

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA)

603 1951 4.05 482

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014

1903 9256 10 926

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015

368 1760 10 176

Dumad (OG) Ward No. NO.-0023

1069 5244 10 524

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021

2349 11438 10 1144

Kunpad 581 2788 5.25 531

Manjusar 1024 5001 14.06 356

Pilol 646 3242 6.03 538

Amarapura 454 2071 5.58 371

Fulwadi 42 257 1.17 220

Dajipura 63 275 1.18 233

Sursi 124 647 3.82 169

Ganpatpura 304 1466 7.98 184

Total 33,223 1,63,219 214.96 29,570

3.13.4 Sex Ratio The sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is in range of 823 - 1068 with lowest in Petro-

Chemical Complex (INA) and highest in Dajipura village. The Sex ratio i.e. the number of females per

1000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspect in relation to female births, infant mortality

among female children. Details of the same are tabulated in Table 3.35.

Table 3.35 Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area

Zone of Study Male Population

Female Population

Total Population

Sex Ratio (Female to 1000 Male)

Ankodiya 2406 2202 4608 915

Dhanora 2099 1907 4006 909

Khanpur 799 667 1466 835

Sherkhi 4874 4590 9464 942

Mahapura 806 795 1601 986

Anagadh 7650 7130 14780 932

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 2492 2248 4740 902

Padmala 2851 2595 5446 910

Rayaka 1026 955 1981 931

Sankarda 3908 3552 7460 909

Vasna-Kotariya 2129 1845 3974 867



Sokhda 6546 6064 12610 926

Kotna 1462 1440 2902 985

Virod 1289 1172 2461 909

Dena 1350 1215 2565 900

Sukhlipur 477 465 942 975

Kotali 672 597 1269 888

GSFC Complex (INA) 1165 1077 2242 924

Nandesari (INA) 2007 1672 3679 833

Nandesari (CT) 4373 3917 8290 896

Bajwa (CT) 5093 4518 9611 887

Ranoli (CT) 6275 5451 11726 869

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA)

1070 881 1951 823

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014

4941 4315 9256 873

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015

927 833 1760 899

Dumad (OG) Ward No. NO.-0023

2687 2557 5244 952

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021

5955 5483 11438 921

Kunpad 1442 1346 2788 933

Manjusar 2582 2419 5001 937

Pilol 1654 1588 3242 960

Amarapura 1092 979 2071 897

Fulwadi 134 123 257 918

Dajipura 133 142 275 1068

Sursi 326 321 647 985

Ganpatpura 778 688 1466 884

Total 85,470 77,749 1,63,219 -

3.13.5 Literacy Rate The literacy level of the study area is summarized in Table 3.36 and graphically presented in Figure 3.17.

Table 3.36 Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area

Zone of Study Literate Literacy (%) Male Female Total Male Female Total

Ankodiya 1998 1655 3653 83.04 75.16 79.28

Dhanora 1735 1426 3161 82.66 74.78 78.91

Khanpur 651 531 1182 81.48 79.61 80.63

Sherkhi 3893 3104 6997 79.87 67.63 73.93

Mahapura 652 543 1195 80.89 68.30 74.64

Anagadh 5968 4413 10381 78.01 61.89 70.24

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 1996 1509 3505 80.10 67.13 73.95



Padmala 2381 2028 4409 83.51 78.15 80.96

Rayaka 790 564 1354 77.00 59.06 68.35

Sankarda 3170 2411 5581 81.12 67.88 74.81

Vasna-Kotariya 1783 1353 3136 83.75 73.33 78.91

Sokhda 5475 4557 10032 83.64 75.15 79.56

Kotna 1212 1111 2323 82.90 77.15 80.05

Virod 1087 897 1984 84.33 76.54 80.62

Dena 1066 864 1930 78.96 71.11 75.24

Sukhlipur 405 381 786 84.91 81.94 83.44

Kotali 570 502 1072 84.82 84.09 84.48

GSFC Complex (INA) 1029 906 1935 88.33 84.12 86.31

Nandesari (INA) 1658 1195 2853 82.61 71.47 77.55

Nandesari (CT) 3610 2710 6320 82.55 69.19 76.24

Bajwa (CT) 3962 2880 6842 77.79 63.75 71.19

Ranoli (CT) 5119 4064 9183 81.58 74.56 78.31

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) 992 791 1783 92.71 89.78 91.39

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014 4148 3216 7364 83.95 74.53 79.56

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015 676 502 1178 72.92 60.26 66.93

Dumad (OG) Ward No. NO.-0023 2121 1814 3935 78.94 70.94 75.04

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021 4777 3735 8512 80.22 68.12 74.42

Kunpad 1103 781 1884 76.49 58.02 67.58

Manjusar 1911 1455 3366 74.01 60.15 67.31

Pilol 1388 1124 2512 83.92 70.78 77.48

Amarapura 801 556 1357 73.35 56.79 65.52

Fulwadi 60 46 106 44.78 37.40 41.25

Dajipura 76 50 126 57.14 35.21 45.82

Sursi 49 38 87 15.03 11.84 13.45

Ganpatpura 633 447 1080 81.36 64.97 73.67

Total 68,945 54,159 1,23,104 - - -



Figure 3.17 Graph of Literacy Rate



Among all the villages of study area Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) is having high literacy rate i.e. 91.39

%. There is not much difference between female literacy rate and male literacy rate in the study region.

Female literacy rate is an important indicator for social change.

3.13.6 Economic Aspects Economic aspects of the study area include the economic structure of the people of the surrounding

area. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be improved with time, because it

consists large industrial estate and hence there are more employment opportunities.

According to working status, whole population of the study area is divided into,

Marginal workers

Non workers

Main workers

Census department has defined 10 categories of workers in Main workers. It consists of cultivators,

agricultural, labourer those engaged in livestock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying, manufacturing,

processing and repairs in household industries and other services. Workers engaged in the work for a

period less than 6 month during the reference year falls under marginal workers. Workers engaged in

unpaid household duties e.g. students, retired person, dependents etc. falls under non-workers. Detail of

occupational structure is shown in Table 3.37 and Figure 3.18.

Table 3.37 Details of Occupational Structure

Zone of Study Non-Workers (%) Total Workers Main Workers (%) Marginal Workers (%)

Ankodiya 62.33 36.52 1.15

Dhanora 68.42 28.26 3.32

Khanpur 62.07 35.33 2.59

Sherkhi 64.48 31.07 4.46

Mahapura 58.90 37.73 3.37

Anagadh 65.85 28.44 5.71

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 59.05 28.12 12.83

Padmala 63.66 30.08 6.26

Rayaka 68.70 27.76 3.53

Sankarda 57.40 34.28 8.32

Vasna-Kotariya 65.55 32.26 2.19

Sokhda 61.02 33.54 5.43

Kotna 68.68 18.54 12.78

Virod 55.91 35.64 8.45

Dena 66.00 32.20 1.79

Sukhlipur 64.76 24.42 10.83

Kotali 65.01 19.39 15.60

GSFC Complex (INA) 67.84 31.76 0.40

Nandesari (INA) 67.16 30.96 1.88

Nandesari (CT) 61.40 30.40 8.20



Bajwa (CT) 67.35 31.01 1.64

Ranoli (CT) 65.74 30.77 3.49

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) 62.43 35.83 1.74

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014 63.94 29.78 6.29

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015 69.55 23.86 6.59

Dumad (OG) Ward No. NO.-0023 64.30 34.25 1.45

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021 66.03 30.35 3.62

Kunpad 58.39 27.26 14.35

Manjusar 63.19 29.69 7.12

Pilol 66.10 33.65 0.25

Amarapura 46.45 36.65 16.90

Fulwadi 40.86 26.85 32.30

Dajipura 33.82 31.64 34.55

Sursi 46.37 31.68 21.95

Ganpatpura 54.91 19.71 25.38



Figure 3.18 Occupational Structure of Study Area

Amarapura village has significant employment i.e. 36.65% as main workers, while the lowest employment as main workers in Kotna

village i.e. 18.54 %. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-workers. Rapid industrialization in the last two decades

has resulted in significant changes in the occupational profile of the local people. There is an overall trend among the youth to opt for

employment in service sector and move away from traditional occupation.



3.13.7 Infrastructures Resource base Village-wise status of infrastructural facilities available in the study area with respect to education,

medical facility, sanitation, water supply, communication and transportation facility and power supply,

banking facilities etc. are presented in Table 3.38 to 3.46.

3.13.8 Education As per 2011 village directory record, almost all villages having education facility in the form of

primary schools, and middle schooll are as follows.

Table 3.38 Education Facilities Private Pre -

Primary School (Nursery/LKG/U

KG)

Govt Primary School

Private Primary School

Govt Secondary School

Private Secondary School

Govt Senior

Secondary School

Private Senior

Secondary School

Private Engineering College

1 30 2 2 1 3 1 1

3.13.9 Medical/Primary Health Care

Medical facilities in terms of community health workers are available in some of the villages. Primary

health centre and primary health sub centres are available in few villages.

Table 3.39 Medical/Primary Health Care Facilities

Primary Health Centre

Primary Health

Sub Centre

Maternity And Child Welfare Centre

TB Clinic

Hospital Allopathic Dispensary Veterinary

Hospital Family Welfare Centre

2 13 1 1 2 2 1 1

3.13.10 Drinking Water

The water supply in the region is through dug wells, hand pumps, taps and other allied sources

Table 3.40 Drinking Water Facilities Tap Water Untreated

Covered Well

Uncovered Well

Hand Pump

Tube Wells/Borehole

River/Canal Tank/Pond/Lake

24 3 5 23 22 7 15

3.13.11 Drainage and Sanitation Facilities

Drainage and sanitation facilities were not adequate in the study area. Mostly Open drainage, and

open kuccha drainage observed in the village.

Table 3.41 Drainage and Sanitation Facilities Closed Drainage Open Drainage No Drainage Open Kuccha

Drainage 17 5 3 3



3.13.12 Communication Communication facility is fairly good in this region. Near about 50% villages having telephone

connectivity and having post office.

Table 3.42 Communication Facilities Post Office Sub Post Office Telephone Public Call Office

1 15 14 10

3.13.13 Transportation

A well planned and efficient network of transport is an essential component for a developing country.

In the absence of efficient network of transport, a State‘s economy would suffer from major grid lock

in terms of overall growth potential of that area. In village public bus facility was availed and other

facilities were private bus.

Table 3.43 Transportation Facilities Public Bus

Service Private Bus

Service Railway Station

Auto/Modified Autos Taxi Vans

24 6 1 6 2 4

3.13.14 Road Approach

Roads are the basic means of communication for the development of any economy. All type of roads

were present in the study area.

Table 3.44 Road Approach Facilities Black

Topped (pucca) Road

Gravel (kuchha) Roads

Water Bounded Macadam

All Weather Road

Navigable Waterways

(River/Canal)

Footpath

23 18 4 23 1 25

3.13.15 Bank Facilities Banking and credit society facility was found in village. Self-help group activities were performed by

the women groups.

Table 3.45 Bank Facilities Commercial Bank Cooperative Bank Agricultural Credit

Societies Self - Help

Group (SHG) 14 1 6 24

3.13.16 Power Supply Almost all villages are electrified in the region and electricity is available for both domestic and

agriculture.

Table 3.46 Power Supply Facilities Power Supply For

Domestic Use Power Supply For Agriculture Use

Power Supply For Commercial Use

Power Supply For All Users

25 25 25 25



3.13.17 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages

within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 13.45% to 91.39%. On the basis of

survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote education among more and

more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-workers. It indicates that

the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is

also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated.

3.14 Summary S. No. Parameters Baseline Status 1. Ambient Air Quality i. PM10 62.7- 86.2 µg/m3

ii. PM2.5 32.1 – 46.2 µg/m3

iii. SO2 8.5 – 16.8 µg/m3

iv. NOx 13.7-20.8 µg/m3

Based on comparison study of results with NAAQS for tested parameters, it is interpreted that

ambient air quality of studied locations is good as all the results of tested parameters are well

within the limit.




interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF&CC. Looking

towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise

reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.







Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soil at the project site is saline (EC>0.8 dS/m),

which requires application of liberal quantity of organic manures and provision of drainage. The

soils are high in nitrogen, low in phosphorus and medium to high in available potassium. The

levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn are within the limits. However, for successful greenbelt

development liberal quantity of organic manure (50 tons/ha) and double the quantity of

recommended doses of P fertilizer should be applied. The nitrogen and potassium are adequate;

hence 20 % less than the recommended dose for green belt should be applied. The soil at the

project site should be periodically monitored for EC, pH and ESP as well as OC (organic carbon),

available P and K status.


ii. TDS 574-1208 mg/L



S. No. Parameters Baseline Status iii. Total Hardness 258-732 mg/L




Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms, it is interpreted that water

qualities of studied locations meet with the drinking water standards except Bajwa and Dashrath

Village.Total Hardness value for Bajwa and Dashrath village was found 640 mg/L and 732 mg/L

which is more than the value given as permissible limit. Iron content has also been found higher

side in these two villages Bajwa and Dashrath. This indicates that water quality for Bajwa and

Dashrath village is not fit for drinking purpose. Quality of water for the samples taken from other

villages can be considered good and these water sources can be used in drinking purposes in

absence of alternate source as all the results are not within the desirable limit as per drinking

water norms IS 10500; 2012. Rainwater harvesting and ground water recharging may be helpful

to improve the quality of water.


ii. TDS 358-1112 mg/L

iii. TSS 10-14 mg/L

iv. DO 4.6 -5.0 mg/L

v. COD 12-18 mg/L

vi. BOD <4-8 mg/L



7. Socio Economic



S. No. Parameters Baseline Status During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all

villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 13.45% to 91.39%. On the

basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote education

among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-

workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper

training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number

of employment can be generated.



4. IMPACT PREDICTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.0 GENERAL The chapter aims at identifying the probable impacts at the source level and to provide suitable

mitigation measures for controlling to the extent possible with the available and affordable

technology. This project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:

During the construction phase,

During the operation phase.

The construction and operational phase of the proposed project comprises various activities each of

which will have an impact on various environmental parameters. Various impacts during the

construction and operation phase on the environmental parameters have been studied and suitable

mitigation measures have been suggested to abate the impact

4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE The site was barren land before 1962. GSFC was incorporated in 1962 and its plants went into

production of fertilizers in 1967. The Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) plant was established before 2006

and currently it is not in operation. After 2006, GSFC has stopped production of Ammonium

Sulphate from AS-1 plant due to problems faced in disposal of CaCO3 (Chalk). Now, the

management has decided to revamp AS-I plant in existing facility for the production of Ammonium

Sulphate with production capacity of 1,46,000 TPA through direct neutralization route where

CaCO3 (Chalk) will not be produced. GSFC has already developed complete industrial

infrastructure i.e. Plant building, Raw material storage area, finished products shed, treatment

facilities, fire hydrant and other ancillary amenities within 174.70 Ha. This phase involves the

revamping of plant site, construction of control room, installation of new machinery etc. thus there

will be no major anticipated environmental impacts due to construction activity.

4.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the project

implementation phase starts. The primary impacts causing likely deterioration will be in Air, Water,

Noise and Land/Soil due to the specialty chemicals plant operations, maintenance, gaseous

emissions, sewage/ effluent discharge and vehicular movement. Identification of impacts during

operation phase is described below in sub-section 4.3.1.

4.3.1 Matrix Representation The identification of impacts during operation phase is presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.1.

The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in table below:

Table 4.1 Impact Identification Matrix (Operation Phase)

Activities

Environmental Attributes

Air

Wat

er

Soil

Noi

se

LU/L

C

Hyd

ro

geol

ogy

Geo

logy

SHW

Ris

k H

azar

dous

Ecol

ogy

and

Bio

dive

rsity

SE


✔ - - ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ ✔



Product and raw material handling, storage etc.

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Manufacturing ✔ ✔ - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Sewage and Effluent generation

✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔ -


- - ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ - -

Green Belt Development ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔

Table 4.2 Environmental Impact Matrix without Mitigation (Operation Phase)

Activities


Air

Wat

er

Soil

Noi

se

LU/L

C

Hyd

ro

geol

ogy

Geo

logy

SHW

Ris

k &

H

azar

d

Ecol

ogy

and

Bio

dive

rsity

SE

Tota

l


-25 - - -16 - - - - -16 -16 +4 -69


-16 -12 -4 -16 - - - -16 -25 -16 +4 -81

Manufacturing -25 -25 - -25 - - - -16 -25 -16 +6 -126


-12 -9 -4 - -10 - - -10 -12 -12 - -81


- - -4 - - - - -16 -12 - - -32

Green Belt Development +12 -4 - - - -12 -10 - - +10 +4 -

Cumulative score -66 -50 -12 -57 -10 -12 -10 -58 -90 -50 +18 -389

The highest scoring of impact occurred during manufacturing of ammonium sulphate. The

cumulative score without mitigation measures is -389 which represent major adverse impact, hence

it is suggested to take crucial mitigation measures.

4.3.2 Air Environment Impact Due to Transport: The sources likely to be affecting the pollutant concentrations in project

area would be vehicular emission due to transportation in expansion of project. On account of

various associated activities, there will be increased vehicular traffic on connecting roads.

Generation of gaseous emissions is therefore, of primary concern. Mode of transportation of each

incoming and outgoing material is presented in Table 4.4 and for computation of traffic modeling

studies frequency of vehicles has been calculated.



Impact on Traffic Density: Enhanced Traffic on Road Adequacy With present level of traffic and the increase in existing traffic due to the project during operational

phase has been estimated by comparison with the recommendations stipulated by Indian Road

Congress (IRC).

Table 4.3: Recommendations on Traffic Capacity as per IRC 2010 S.No. Category of Road Maximum PCU/hr Dispatch Ratio (%)

1. NH-8 3000 60

2. By Train - 40

Source: IRC:SP:37:2010

Table-4.4: Transportation of product during Operation Phase S.No Product Quantity

TPA Quantity

TPD Source Mode of

Transport No. of

Vehicles (Truck/day)

1. Ammonium Sulphate 1,46,000 400 Captive Train/Road -

60% product will be transported by Train 240 - Train - 40% product will be transported by Trucks 160 Trucks

Frequency of Vehicles:

Total production Capacity 1,46,000 TPA No. of working days 365 Transportation of incoming and outgoing material 160 Tons/day (40%) Working hours per day 24 hour (3 shifts) Truck/Tanker Capacity 10 Tons

Frequency of trucks/day (8 No. x 2 trips/day x 2 (up/down)

32 approx.

Frequency of trucks deployed/hr 2 Increase in PCU/hr 2 x 3= 6 Cars for visitor 5 Nos. Increase in PCU/hr 5 x 1 = 5 Total (Cars/Trucks/Tankers) 6+5=11

Township is near to plant hence no cars; two wheelers will be required for transportation of

employees.

Table 4.5: Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS

S.No Road Increased PCUs Modified V C

Modified V/C

Ratio

Modified V/C

Ratio 1. National Highway

No-8

11 1623+11=

1,634

3000 0.544 C

No impact on local transport as only 1 Trucks/day will be required for transport of product and raw

material. The LOS value from the proposed project will be the almost same as before i.e. “C”

“Good/Average” for the State highways falling in the study area. So, the additional load on the

carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any significant adverse effect.



4.3.3 Air Quality Index Air Quality Index (AQI) is one such tool for effective dissemination of air quality information to

people. There are six AQI categories, namely Good, Satisfactory, Moderately polluted, Poor, Very

Poor, and Severe. The proposed AQI will consider eight pollutants (PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, NH3, and

Pb) for which short-term (up to 24-hourly averaging period) National Ambient Air Quality Standards

are prescribed. Based on the measured ambient concentrations, corresponding standards and likely

health impact, a sub-index is calculated for each of these pollutants. The worst sub-index reflects

overall AQI. AQI to be calculated by using the pollutant concentration data, the following table, and

the following equation (linear interpolation):

Where,

Ip = the index for pollutant p

Cp = the rounded concentration of pollutant p

BPHi = the breakpoint that is greater than or equal to Cp

BPLo = the breakpoint that is less than or equal to Cp

BPHi = the breakpoint that is greater than or equal to Cp

IHi = the AQI value corresponding to BPHi

ILo = the AQI value corresponding to BPLo

Table 4.6: AQI Categories Air Quality index

(AQI) values Levels of health concern

Description Color

0 – 50 Good Minimal Impact Dark Green

51 - 100 Satisfactory Minor breathing discomfort to

sensitive people

Light Green

101 – 150 Moderate Breathing discomfort to the

people with Lung, heart

disease, children and other

adults.

Lemon Yellow

151- 200 Poor Breathing discomfort to people

on prolonged exposure

Yellow

201 – 300 Very Poor Respiratory illness to the people

on prolonged exposure

Red

301 - 500 Severe Respiratory effects even on

healthy people.

Brown

Source: Central Pollution control board series CUPS/8z/2014-15

S.No. Locations SUB INDEX AQI PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 NH3 1. Project Site 75 70 18 23 1 75

2. Bajwa 74 68 16 21 0 74

3. Dashrath 74 67 15 20 0 74

4. Ranoli 74 68 15 23 0 74



5. Sama 73 68 15 21 0 73

6. Laxmipura 73 65 14 21 0 73

7. Asoj 75 71 17 23 0 75

8. Nandesari 75 68 16 22 0 75

The AQI for 5 parameters has been calculated for running 24-hr averages. It can be seen that for

pollutants air quality is satisfactory.

From the above representative table of air quality index for 10 km radius of project site,

responsible parameter for pollution is PM10 & PM2.5. Maximum AQI and responsible parameter

for pollution are recorded in project area are PM10 with satisfactory impact.

4.3.4 Air Modeling Study For the atmospheric dispersion modeling study, United States Environmental Protection Agency

(USEPA) approved the Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST3-version 3) and also it is

recommended by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi,

which is applied to predict ground level incremental concentrations (GLCs) of concerned critical

pollutants. Prior to air quality modeling exercise, meteorological condition during one season over

project site is extensively studied and were also compared with secondary data from the government

sources. Concentrations are estimated for the critical pollutants assessed over appropriate

averaging times (i.e. 8 hours and 24 hours) based on the applicability of the National Ambient Air

Quality Standards (NAAQS).

To assess the impact of air emissions from various continuous point sources, air dispersion

Modeling study has been conducted with the help of Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model

(ISCST3) version 5.0 model of AermodCloudTM developed by Envitrans Infosolution Pvt. Ltd.

Model Setup Detailed model set up is given in the following table:

Table 4.7: Parameters for ISCST3

S.No. Parameter Details 1. Madel Name ISCST3

2. Software Name AermodCloudTM 3. Model Type Steady state Gaussian plume air dispersion model 4. Topography Rural, Plain terrain 5. Average Time 24 hours 6. Source Type Point source 7. Boundary Limits 10 km X 10 km 8. Co-Ordinates System Polar grid 9. Anemometer 10 m

10. Surface Meteorology Data Site specific data processed by AERMET

Model Input Data The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a stack is a local phenomenon. Its impact will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate vicinity of the stack to 1 km away from the stack. To evaluate the impact on air quality following data is required to input in simulation.

Co-ordinates (X and Y) of sampling location within study area Micro-metrological data such as Cloud Cover, Temp (°C), Relative Humidity(%), Wind

Direction(deg), Wind Speed(km/h), mixing height for study period (March– 2018 to May– 2018)



Table 4.8: Data Considered for Air Modeling for proposed project # Description Process Emission

1. Stack Attached to Attached to dryer.

2. Stack Height (m) 21

3. Dia 0.56 m

4. Fuel Natural Gas

4. Nature of Pollutants PM<150 mg/Nm3

5. Emissions control system Dust Cyclone is available. GSFC has recently installed 30 Nos. Gas Detectors of Ammonia & Sulphur Dioxide in different plants and 4 Nos. of Online Ambient Air Monitoring Station at four sides of GSFC premise at the cost of 0.43 Crore and 2.9 Crore respectively. Further GSFC has installed Online Monitoring system in the required process as well as flue gas emissions stacks. Online Emission monitoring system is included in proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant.

The predicted incremental Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) for PM, SO2 and NOx likely to be contributed by the proposed project are given below:

Table 4.9: Ground Level Concentration value Location Incremental

GLC (μg/m3) X Coordinate Y Coordinate Distance (m) Direction

Particulate Matter Bajwa 0.12 308505.00 2474820.00 1486.00 WSW

Dashrath 0.05 309253.00 2477508.00 2215.00 NNW

Ranoli 0.07 307284.00 2478120.00 3772.00 NW

Sama 0.14 314087.00 2471715.00 5582.00 SE

Laxmipura 0.14 308079.00 2470607.00 5105.00 SSW

Asoj 0.12 314291.00 2479593.00 6097.00 NE

Nandesari 0.00 302801.00 2479412.00 8145.00 WNW

Sulfur di oxide Bajwa 0.00 308505.00 2474820.00 1486.00 WSW

Dashrath 0.00 309253.00 2477508.00 2215.00 NNW

Ranoli 0.00 307284.00 2478120.00 3772.00 NW

Sama 0.01 314087.00 2471715.00 5582.00 SE

Laxmipura 0.01 308079.00 2470607.00 5105.00 SSW

Asoj 0.00 314291.00 2479593.00 6097.00 NE

Nandesari 0.00 302801.00 2479412.00 8145.00 WNW

Oxide of Nitrogen Bajwa 0.01 308505.00 2474820.00 1486.00 WSW

Dashrath 0.00 309253.00 2477508.00 2215.00 NNW

Ranoli 0.00 307284.00 2478120.00 3772.00 NW

Sama 0.01 314087.00 2471715.00 5582.00 SE

Laxmipura 0.01 308079.00 2470607.00 5105.00 SSW

Asoj 0.01 314291.00 2479593.00 6097.00 NE

Nandesari 0.00 302801.00 2479412.00 8145.00 WNW



It may be noted from the computed results for the proposed scenario that the maximum 24 hourly

average GLC value for the proposed scenario is 0.01g/m3 for SO2, 0.01 g/m3 for NOx, 0.14g/m3

for PM

Table 4.10: Resultant Concentrations Value

Location Background Maximum Conc. (g/m3) Incremental Conc. (g/m3) Resultant Conc. (g/m3)

PM10 µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :100 µg/m3)

Project site 85.40 0.00 85.40

Bajwa 82.30 0.12 82.42

Dashrath 81.60 0.05 81.65

Ranoli 81.40 0.07 81.47

Sama 80.10 0.14 80.24

Laxmipura 80.60 0.14 80.74

Asoj 86.20 0.12 86.32

Nandesari 80.60 0.00 80.60

SO2 µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :80 µg/m3) Project site 16.80 0.00 16.80

Bajwa 14.70 0.00 14.70

Dashrath 13.10 0.00 13.10

Ranoli 14.80 0.00 14.80

Sama 14.60 0.01 14.61

Laxmipura 13.80 0.01 13.81

Asoj 14.90 0.00 14.90

Nandesari 14.70 0.00 14.70

NOX µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :80 µg/m3) Project site 20.80 0.00 20.80

Bajwa 18.20 0.01 18.21

Dashrath 18.60 0.00 18.60

Ranoli 20.30 0.00 20.30

Sama 18.20 0.01 18.21

Laxmipura 18.40 0.01 18.41

Asoj 20.00 0.01 20.01

Nandesari 19.80 0.00 19.80



Figure 4.1: Isopleths of PM



Figure 4.2: Isopleths of NOx



Figure 4.3: Isopleths of SO2

Inference It is noted that the maximum impact zone is within one km radial zone from the stack of industrial

Plant. The modeling study proved that the air emissions from the proposed plant would not affect

the ambient air quality of the region in any significant manner. This is because the proposed plant

will have highly efficient air pollution control equipments to control air emissions. The ambient air

quality around the proposed project site will remain within the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards (NAAQS) meant for industrial area. NAAQS are indicative air quality criteria that are

adequate to protect the human health and vegetation.



4.3.5 Air Environment

Table 4.11: Impact and Mitigation Measures for on Air Environment Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures


Emission from diesel operated

vehicles will have negligible impact

due to limited activity by less no. of

vehicles

Release of flue gas emission

PM, SO2, NOx etc.

Emission from diesel operated

D.G. Sets will have negligible

impact as it will be operated only

during power failure.

Generation of fugitive dust due

to vehicle movement for

transportation of raw material and

finished goods.

Serviced vehicles with valid PUC is

being/will be used for the

transportation of materials and

equipment.

Adequate stack height along with

stack monitoring provided.

. Natural gas will be used as fuel

hence pollution will be less.

Regular stacks monitoring will be

done.

Concrete roads have been

developed within plot premises.

Cyclone separator is already in

place to control particulate matter

emission. Moreover, online

monitoring system shall be installed

for NOx and PM and will be

connected to CPCB & GPCB server.

Product and raw material handling, storage and processing Manufacturing Process

Vaporization of raw materials or

products

Release of process gas

emission like from reaction

vessels.

Dust generation due to phosphate rock handling.

Products and raw material will be

handled, stored and transported as

per manufacture, storage and import

of hazardous chemical rules, 2016.

Cyclone separator is already in

place to control particulate matter

emission.

Regular water sprinkling will be

carried out to check the dust

generation.

Greenbelt Development

Positive impact on the ambient

air quality by providing a dust

barrier.

Regular water sprinkling and

maintenance of greenbelt.


Positive impacts on local

population for operation and

maintenance of proposed APCs.

Local population will be given

preference for employment.



4.3.6 Water Environment

Table 4.12: Impact and its Mitigation Measures for on Water Environment Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures


There are chances of surface

water contamination if the water

used for cleaning the unit and

reaction vessels is disposed-off

in surface water without treating

it. During manufacturing, waste

water will be generating from

washing and other utility.

Effluent from proposed expansion

plant in form of condensate and

cooling tower blow down will be

sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for

reuse in process.


Contamination of surface

water due to disposal of

untreated sewage water.

Contamination of surface

water due to disposal of

untreated effluent water.

Sewage will be treated through

septic tank/soak pit.


plant in form of condensate will be


reuse in process.

Greenbelt Development Positive impact on the water

environment by transpiration

from plants species.

Regular maintenance of

greenbelt.

4.3.7 Soil Environment

Table 4.13: Impact and its Mitigation Measures for on Soil Environment Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

Transportation Contamination of soil due to spillage of fuel oil from vehicle or utility.

Valid PUC Certified vehicles will be used.


Degradation of soil quality due to

disposal of ETP waste.

Contamination of soil due to

spillage and disposal of used oil

and spent acids.

Contamination of soil due to

disposal of fly ash generated

from boiler.


plant in form of condensate and

cooling tower blow down will be


reuse in process. No additional

effluent will be sent to out of

company premises.

Products and raw material will be

handled, stored and transported

as per manufacture, storage and

import as per Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling and

Trans-boundary Movement)

Rules, 2016.

Green Belt Development Improvement in soil texture due

to binding of top soil materials

due to root structure

Regular maintenance of

greenbelt is being/ will be done.



4.3.8 Noise Environment

Table 4.14: Impact on and its Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

Vehicular Movement and utilities operation

Decreases the efficiency of workman. Occupational health issue due to continuous noise exposer. Loud noise creates waves which struck the walls and weakens the buildings.

Regular maintenance & lubrication

of utilities, equipment and vehicles

is being/will be carried out.

Transportation activity is being/will

be carried out only during day time.

PUC Certified vehicles are/will be

used.

Vibration pads has/will be installed

for all pumps, motors, process

machineries.

Provision of ear muffs and ear plugs

to prevent continuous noise

exposure risk to employees working

on site.

Noise monitoring is being/will be

carried out regularly.

Product and raw material handling, storage and processing Sewage and Effluent generation

Green Belt Development Positive impacts on noise environment as greenbelt act as noise barrier and reduce in noise level.

Regular maintenance of greenbelt

is being/will be done.

4.3.9 Land Use/Land Cover, Hydrogeology and Geology

Table 4.15: Impact on Land Cover/ Land Use Environment and its Mitigation Measures Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

This land is already converted into industrial land hence there will no significant impact on Land

Use/Land Cover, Hydrogeology and Geology due to project activity.

4.3.10 Solid/Hazardous Wastes

Table 4.16: Impact due to Solid/ Hazardous Wastes and its Mitigation Measures Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures


Improper Handling and

disposal of ETP waste, process

waste and residue, discarded

containers, used rubber hand

gloves/pipes, used oil and

spent acids.

Solid/ Hazardous waste will be

collected, stored, transported and

disposed as per the Hazardous

Waste (Management, Handling

and Trans-boundary Movement)

Rules, 2016.

Sewage and Effluent generation Solid/ Hazardous Waste Disposal

Green Belt Development Plant shed out materials like leaves, roots, branches etc.) from

Daily collection of waste are carried out and composting of this waste



Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

the environment for growth and other processes.

used as manure for greenbelt.

4.3.11 Risk and Hazards

Table 4.17: Impact due to Risk & Hazard and its Mitigation Measures Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures


Chances of vehicle collision

due to vehicle failure.

Tilting of moving vehicle due

to overloading.

Chances of fatal incident,

severe injury and loss of

property due to explosion of

boiler.

Well trained, licensed and

certified motor vehicle driver is

being/will be given job for

transportation of raw material and

final product.

Transport vehicle is being/will be

properly examined before

transportation.

Concern officer is/will ensure the

product and raw material loading

as per its capacity before

transportation.

Preventive maintenance is

being/will be done periodically for

equipment.


Burn injury to workers and

loss of money due to spillage

and leakage of chemicals

handling.

Corrosion and leaching due to

spillage and leakage of

chemicals.

Adequate PPE‘s is being/will be

provided to workers for handling

chemical, also it‘s use will be

ensured.

Standard operating procedure

has already prepared which will be

followed by workers.

Products and raw material will

be handled, stored and transported

as per manufacture, storage and

import of hazardous chemical

rules,2016

Product will be packed and

covered properly while transporting

it through trucks.


Hearing loss to the workers

working in ETP due to high

noise generation from pumps

and blowers.

Effluent from proposed

expansion plant in form of

condensate will be sent to

Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in

process. No ETP will be required.

Preventive maintenance of

pumps and blowers will be done

periodically.




Padding will be done to pumps

and blowers.

Ear plugs will be provided to

operators and fitters.


Occupational hazard due to

handling of solid/ hazardous

waste.

Adequate PPE‘s is being/will be

provided to the workers. Handling

is being/will be done under

supervisor‘s direction.

Employment Generation Positive impact on local

employment for housekeeping

staff and EHS vacancy.

First preference will be given to

local population of surrounding

villages.

4.3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity

Table 4.18: Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity and its Mitigation Measures Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

Product and raw material handling, storage and processing/transportation

Only 40% of product will be

transported by trucks; the

transportation activity will

generate the fugitive dust,

which may affect the stromal

index and avifauna. No

detrimental effect on soil

fertility on accidental spillage.

Regular water sprinkling will be done

on unpaved area and the trucks will

be covered with tarpaulin to avoid any

product dust generation. The drivers

will be trained to avoid any accidental

case. The emergency number will be

displayed on every truck.


In spite of there being no

impact, efforts will be made not

only to maintain the ecological

balance of the surroundings

but also to improve upon the

same. Management plan for

Solid/Hazardous Waste is

given in EMP.

Solid/ Hazardous waste is being/will

be collected, stored, transported and

disposed as per the Hazardous

Waste (Management, Handling and

Trans-boundary Movement) Rules,

2016.

Green Belt Development Positive impact on LU/LC, air

quality as a dust barrier, soil

fertility and noise barrier.

Regular maintenance of greenbelt is

being/will be done.

4.3.13 Socio-Economic

Table 4.19: Impact on and its Mitigation Measures for Socio-Economic Environment Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures


Positive impact on

employment generation for the

plant operation, and other

operational activity.

First preference will be given to

local population of surrounding

villages for employment. Green Belt Development






Release of PM from process

emission will have negative

effect on health of surrounding

village population.

Generation of high noise from

plants will have negative effect

on hearing, mental status and

digestion of surrounding village

population.

Adequate APC‘s will be

proposed for controlling the

process emission with adequate

stack height. Management plan is

given in EMP

Padding and enclosing will be

done to high noise generating

machineries and Equipment.


Chronic effect on the health of

the surrounding village

population due to the disposal of

untreated treated effluent.

Effluent from proposed

expansion plant in form of

condensate and cooling tower

blow down will be sent to

Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in

process. No additional effluent will

be sent to out of company

premises.

Table 4.20. Environmental Impact Matrix with Mitigation measures in Operation Phase

Activities


Air

Wat

er

Soil

Noi

se

LU/L

C

Hyd

rolo

gy

Geo

logy

SHW

Ris

k &

Haz

ard

Ecol

ogy

and

Bio

dive

rsity

SE

Tota

l


-2 - - -2 - - - - -2 -2 +4 -4


- - - -2 - - - -2 -2 -2 +4 -4

Manufacturing -4 -2 - -2 - - - -2 -2 -2 +9 +5


- -2 -2 - - - - - - - - -4


- - - - - - - -2 - - - -2

Green Belt Development +25 +4 +12 +15 +15 - - - - +25 +9 +105

Cumulative score +19 - +10 +9 +15 - - -6 -6 +19 +26 +96

The Cumulative Score for various Environmental Parameters after taking adequate mitigation

measures is +96 which is reduced from -389, it shows appreciable beneficial impacts during

operation phase.



4.4 CONCLUSION Impacts on land environment, air environment, water environment, noise environment, biological

environment, socioeconomic environment and risk and hazard is been introduced in the chapter

with their mitigation measures for both during construction as well as operation phase. Matrix study

and its representation has also been carried out and briefed in chapter. This phase involves the


will be no major anticipated environmental impacts due to construction activity. During Operation

phase, the highest scoring of impact occurred during manufacturing of ammonium sulphate. The


it is suggested to take crucial mitigation measures. Total cumulative score for various environmental

parameters with mitigation measure is +96 not appreciable beneficial impacts during operation

phase. Air modeling study is also been introduced in the chapter showing maximum and minimum

GLC in the surrounding areas. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles and APCM will reduce

the impact on air environment. Unit has developed more than 33% of greenbelt within the premises.

A budget of Rs. 50.0 Lakhs as capital for EMP will be allotted. Positive impact is envisaged on

Socio economic environment. Proper PPEs will be provided to all the workers.



5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ( SITE & TECHNOLOGY) 5.0 GENERAL This chapter addresses the site justification and its alternatives, if any.

5.1 ALTERNATIVE FOR SITE The analysis of alternatives with respect to technology and site provides the information on

alternatives of various parameters of developments, land, machinery, transportation, recruitment,

technology to be utilized. No alternative for project site assessed for this expansion in existing plant

facility for production of ammonium sulphate (AS-I) – 1,46,000 TPA by Gujarat State Fertilizers &

Chemicals Ltd. Vadodara Gujarat as the production facility is already exists for manufacturing of

Ammonium Sulphate at AS-I plant and minor revamping is required this will save the energy and

material.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGY AND OTHER PARAMETER During EIA study some alternatives for technology and other parameters were considered and are

discussed below:

Table 5.1 Alternative for Technology and other Parameter S.No. Particular Alternative

Option 1 Alternative Option 2

Remarks

1. Site Location Government

Land

Private Land Already converted land/developed

industrial land is being utilized.

Benefits:

The proposed activity will be in the existing GSFC complex, hence easy availability of infrastructure facilities. No rehabilitation and resettlement No change in land use pattern. No forest land is involved and no tree cutting is required. Proximity to road network.

2. Manufacturing

Technology

Automated

machineries

Manual/ Semi –

automatic

Preferred automated machineries.

The existing pneumatic Control

system will be replaced by

Distributed Control System (DCS)

Benefits:

Increased productivity. Reduce human error. Reduce chances of accidents. Improved quality or increased predictability of quality. Reduced direct human labour cost and expenses.



Reduce air and noise pollution.

3. Employment Local

employment

Outsource

employment

Local employment for manpower

as availability in the area.

Technical staff will be outsourced if

not available locally.

Benefits:

Provides employment to local people to enhance livelihood of villagers. To increase per capita income of locals.

4. Labor

transportation

Public

transport

Private transport Public transport, bicycle or by foot.

Benefits:

Cost of transportation for men will be negligible.

5. Raw material

and product

transportation

Private

transport

Public transport Finished material will be

transported through trucks/Rails.

Benefits:

It will give indirect employment Cost Effective.

6. Water

requirement

Surface Water Bore well water Surface Water from Mahi River will

be preferred hence no ground

water utilization at site

Benefits:

No change in the ground water quality/table.

7. Road Metallic road Kachcha road Already developed road with in the

premises.

8. Fuel Natural Gas Furnace oil/

Coal/Lignite/Pet

Coke etc.

Natural Gas

Benefits:

Ecofriendly Easy Availability. Less Expensive Cleaner fuel.

The promoter of the company has vast experience in the manufacturing of chemical fertilizer.

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. identified opportunity in Chemical Fertilizer based on

market demand and proposes to revamp the AS-I plant within premises.



5.2 SUMMARY No alternative site has been selective for revamping the AS-I Plant at PO Fertilizernagar, Vadodara,

Gujarat by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. for the production of Ammonium Sulphate with

capacity 1,46,000 TPA. Other important parameters viz. Manufacturing Technology, Fuel,

Transportation, Water, Employment etc. has been assessed and found satisfactory.



6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.0 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to

characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. It is an essential tool for sustainable

development and ensuring effective implementation of environmental management plan and

mitigation measures adopted. It also updates the environmental management system for effective

conservation of environment in-line with the ongoing project activities/operation. Hence, monitoring

of critical parameters of environmental quality is very essential in the routine activity schedule of the

project operation. The specific aspects of the environment to be studied are determined

by environmental objectives and environmental legislation. The purpose of environmental

monitoring is to assess the progress made to achieve given environmental objectives and to help

detect new environmental issues.

6.1 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MITIGATION MEASURES The mitigation measures for AS-I plant suggested in Chapter 4 shall be implemented so as to reduce

the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In order to facilitate easy

implementation of mitigation measures, these are phased as per the priority implementation as given

in Table 6.1. Table 6.1: Implementation Schedule for Monitoring Program

S.No. Recommendations Time Requirement Schedule 1. Air Pollution Control

Measures Before commissioning of the AS-I plant

Immediate

2. Water Pollution Control Measures

Before commissioning of AS-I plant Immediate

3. Noise Control Measures

Along with the commissioning of AS-I plant

Immediate

4. Soil Conservation Before commissioning of AS-I plant Immediate & Progressive

5. Work Zone Working environment of Employee during operation

Immediate & Progressive

6. CER/CSR For welfare of nearby community Immediate & Progressive

7. Occupational Health Surveillance

Along with commissioning of Plant Immediate

8. Ecological Change Detection

After commissioning of AS-I plant Progressive

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING The environment monitoring during chemical fertilizer operation shall be conducted as follows:

Ambient Air quality;

Water and wastewater quality;

Ambient Noise levels;



Soil Quality;

Greenbelt Development;

Corporate Social Responsibility;

Occupational Health Surveillance.

A centralized environment monitoring cell has been established for this unit. Monitoring of important

and crucial environment parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment

during operation of AS-I Plant. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program

can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environment conditions due to operation unit and

suitable steps could be taken due in time to protect the environment. Monitoring is as important as

that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by

monitoring.

6.2.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring of ambient air quality within the plant premises will be carried at selected location as per

guideline. Ambient air quality monitoring (AAQM) will be carried out for PM2.5, PM10, NOx, NH3, etc.

for compliance with prescribed limits of CPCB / GPCB.

6.2.2 Emission from Plant Periodical monitoring of stack attached to the process reactor will be carried out after the project

commissioning. PM will be generated in stacks and monitoring for the same will carried out to assess

the performance of pollution control equipment installed. In case emissions are found to exceed the

norms, the ‗on duty’ personnel will check the relevant parameters and take appropriate corrective

actions. Along with the performance test of main plant, equipment performance test and calibration

of pollution control equipment will be made on a regular basis. A detailed maintenance schedule will

be prepared for all pollution control systems. The maintenance will be done strictly as per the

schedule.

6.2.3 Noise Levels Noise levels in the work zone environment and ambient will be monitored regularly. The frequency of

noise monitoring will be quarterly in the work zone.

6.2.4 Soil Sampling The environment monitoring cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data generated

will be regularly furnished to the regulatory agencies.

6.2.5 Wastewater Quality The effluent will generate from industrial activities, cooling and washing activity. Effluent generated

will be reused completely in the PA plant of GSFC.



6.2.6 Solid / Hazardous Waste Generation & Utilization Management of wastes shall be done as per Hazardous and other waste (Management and Trans-

boundary Movement), Rules 2016 of Environment Protection Act, 1986.The EMC will monitor and

keep a record of the following:

Generation of hazardous wastes

Disposal of hazardous waste.

Preparation of online manifest copy.

6.2.7 Green belt development GSFC has already developed greenbelt area as per CPCB guidelines. Approx. 11,87,000 m2

(36.18%) area has been developed within the existing premises as greenbelt area.

Following activities is being carried out for maintaining the greenbelt area,

Any abnormal death rate of planted trees is being/will be investigated and acted upon

immediately.

Watering of the plants, weeding, hoeing is being/will be carried out.

6.2.8 Housekeeping & Work Place Monitoring The aim of Environmental Management Cell (EMC) is to keep a very close monitoring of the

housekeeping activities and organize regular meetings with plant personnel and management.

Workplace monitoring is being/will be carried out as per statutory requirement.

6.2.9 Occupational Health & Safety Routine medical examination of personnel is being/will be carried out at regular intervals of all

workers to determine any changes in health condition due to the working conditions. Pre-medical

check-up is being/ will be carried out at the time of employment. Records related to occupational

health check-up is being/will be maintained regularly.

Table 6.2: Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameter S.No. Particulars Monitoring

Frequency Duration of Sampling

Important Monitoring Parameters

1. Air Pollution

i. Selected 4 locations in and around plant site specified by GPCB

Online Monitoring

24 hr continuously

As per GPCB / CPCB

ii. Stack gas analysis in all stacks.

Online & Manual

Monitoring

Once in Month for Manual

As per GPCB / CPCB

ii. Fugitive dust sampling (if any) at work zone as per CPCB or GPCB.

Once in quarter

- PM

2. Water and Wastewater Quality A. Water quality in the study area



Surface Water Half yearly Grab Parameters specified under IS:10500

Water level studies in well or bore wells in plant and surrounding areas

Yearly Once Water levels and chemistry of water

3 Industrial Noise Levels 1. Major noise generating

sources at plant site Quarterly -

Noise level in dB(A)

2. Along Road for transportation noise

Quarterly - Noise level in dB(A)

Ambient Noise Levels 4 Locations Half Yearly - Noise level in dB(A)

4. Soil Characteristics Soil Selected 4 locations in

core and buffer zone in nearby area

Half Yearly One Grab sample

As per GPCB/Consent order

5. Work zone At plant site Yearly

Once in work place

Dust, Noise, etc.

6. Corporate Environmental Responsibility

In core and buffer zone in nearby villages

Half yearly

Once Activities done by Client

7. Occupational Health

Surveillance

At plant premises Half yearly

Once Employee Health Register

8. Greenbelt Development

Number of plantation (Units), Number of Survived Plants/ Trees, Number of Poor Plant/ Trees

Yearly Once Tress, survival rate, landscape area.

9. Ecological Change detection

Study area Decadal Every 10 years

Land cover, forest cover, vegetation, human settlement, concrete, crop etc.

10. Environmental Audit

As per Directions of Honorary High Court,

Yearly Once As per GPCB

11. Consents and Authorization

Consent to Operate under applicable acts

Renewing 90 days before

expiry of validity

Once Before 90 days of expiry

12. Compliance of EC

Conditions

Submission of 6 monthly Compliance Reports

June and December

Twice in a year

As per EC conditions



6.3 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES Sample for environment monitoring is being/shall be collected as per the guidelines provided by

MoEF&CC/CPCB/GPCB. The method followed is being/will be recommended/standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/CPCB.

Table 6.3: Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

Attributes Methods

Sampling/Preservation Analysis/data analysis

Air Environment

Ambient air

quality As per IS: 5182, CPCB & AWMA. As per IS:5182,CPCB & AWMA

Noise As per CPCB Guidelines Survey carried out as per CPCB

guideline.

Water

Ground Water Standard Methods for Examination

of Water and Wastewater, 22nd

edition, APHA 2012.

IS-3025 & Standard Methods for


Wastewater, 22nd edition, APHA

2012.

Surface Water /

Marine Water

Soil Quality IS 2720, Soil Testing in India


Cooperation).

IS-2720, Laboratory developed

Method as per NABL requirement

and Book - Soil Testing in India


Cooperation).

6.4 DOCUMENTATION & RECORDS The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility is being/ will be

maintain following records:

Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control,

Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control,

Instruction manual for monitoring of gaseous parameters and hazardous waste

management,

Monthly and annual progress reports,

Medical checkup reports of employees.

6.5 BUDGETARY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM On regular basis, environment management cell being / will inspect the necessity and availability of

the materials, technologies, services and maintenance works. The EMC is being / will make



appropriate budget for this purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of

environment management is being/ will be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be

made. With other budget, budget for environmental management is being/ will be prepared and

revised regularly as per the requirement. The budget for environmental monitoring has been

included in the EMP as recurring cost which is INR 1.50 Lakhs/annum.

6.6 SUMMARY The environment monitoring for the AS-I plant during operation will be conducted as follows:

Ambient Air quality;

Water and wastewater quality;

Ambient Noise levels;

Soil Quality;

Ecological Change detection

Occupational Health Surveillance.

Monitoring of important and crucial environment parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during operation of AS-I. Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. has strong

Environmental Management Cell. The EMC is being/will be responsible for all activities. All

environment monitoring and relevant operational data is being/ will be stored in a relational

database. Regular data extracts and interpretive reports are being/ will be sent to the regulator.

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2018_ECSS_EIAI2_1800004 Chapter –7 120


7 ADDITIONAL STUDY 7.0 GENERAL

This chapter deals with additional studies such as public consultation, risk assessment and other

related studies. Fertilizer Industry is associated with potential hazards that effect to the man and

natural environment. It would normally require the assistance of emergency services to handle it

effectively. The operation shall be taken out under the well management and control by the qualified

safety manager. Disaster management plan has to be formulated with an aim of taking precautionary

steps to avert disasters and also to take such action after the disaster which limits the damage to the

minimum.

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION Public hearing is not applicable for Expansion in Existing Plant Facility (AS-I) for production of

Ammonium Sulphate by Gujarat State Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd. as this project is located in

Notified Industrial Area declared under Gujarat Industrial Act 1962 vide Government of Gujarat

I.M.E.D Notification No. GHU-87-46-GID-1686(i) 2338(GI) dated 31st August 1987 and as per OM J-

11011/321/2016-IA.II (I) dated 27th April 2018, public consultation is exempted for all projects falls or

located in notified industrial area/estate (prior to the said notification coming into force on 14th Sept.

2006).

7.2 RISK AND HAZARD STUDY The methodology includes,

Hazard identification,

Selection of potential loss scenarios,

Simulation of release source model on DNV‘s PHAST, Version 6.7

Plotting the damage contour on site map

These steps undertaken to carry out risk assessment for this project are described below in Chapter.

7.2.1 Details of Storage Facilities at Site GSFC have various products which may involve risk at different level. The storage facility and physic-

chemical properties of various goods are given in Table 7.1.

Table: 7.1 Storage Facility of Products

# Name of Chemical

Physical state

Number of

storage tanks/

cylinders

Capacity of

Storage Tank (KL*) each

Type of Supply/ Storage

Above ground/

Underground

Operating Temprature

(°C)

Operating

Pressure (bar)

1. Ammonia Vapour - -

Vapour Ammonia is

directly available from plant

Above Ground

Atmospheric 2.45

2. Sulphiric Acid

Liquid - 11,900

MT. (6470 KL)

MS Above Ground

Atmospheric Atmospheric



Table 7.2 Physico-chemical properties of Goods

# Hazardous Chemical State Formula CAS

No. Color Odour Mol. Wt

(g/mole)

Boiling

Point (°C)

Melting

Point (°C)

Flash Point

LEL %

UEL %

IDLH (ppm) LD50 LC50 Hazar

d

1 Ammonia Liquid NH3 7664-41-7

Colorless

Ammonia-like

(Strong) 17.03 -33.4 -77.77

Not Applicable

15 28 300

(LD50): 350

mg/kg [Rat].

2000 ppm / 4

Hrs [Rat]

Toxic &

Irritant

2 Sulphuric Acid Liquid H2SO4

7664-93-9

Colorless

Odorless

98.08 338 10.5 Not

applicable

Not applicabl

e

Not applicabl

e

15 mg/m

3

(LD50): 2140 mg/kg [Rat.]

(LC50): 510

mg/m3/2Hrs[Ra

t]

Corrosive

3 Ammonium Sulphate Solid (NH4)2SO4

7783-20-2

Brownish gray

to white

Odorless

132.14 NA 280 <

93.3 NA NA 300

(LD50): 640

mg/kg [Mouse

].

NA

Toxic and

Slightly

flammable

4 Urea Solid (NH2)2CO or

CH4N2O 57-13-

6 White

Odorless

60.06 NA 132.7 NA NA NA NA

(LD50): 8471 mg/kg [Rat].

NA Irritant

5 Melamine Solid C3-H6-N6 108-78-1

White NA 126.12 NA <250 <

93.3 NA NA NA

(LD50): 3161 mg/kg [Rat]

NA Irritant

6 Phosphoric Acid

Liquid Not

applicable Mixture

Clear Colorles

s

Odorless

Not applica

ble 158 21

Not applicable

Not applicabl

e

Not applicabl

e

NA

(LD50): 1530 mg/kg [Rat]

NA Corrosive & Irritant

7 Phosphogypsum

Solid CaSO4. 2H2O Mixture Gray Odourle

ss NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

LD50 oral rat > 5000 mg/kg

NA -

8 Caprolactum Solid C6H11NO 105-60-2

Colourless

NA 113.16 136 - 138

68 - 71 152 1.6 11.9 Rat - 1,210 mg/kg

Rat - 300

mg/m3 Irritant

9 Nitric acid Liquid Not

Applicable Mixture

Colorless To Light

Yellow

Acrid. Disagreeable and

choking.

Not Applica

ble 121 -41.6

Not Applicable

NA

Not Applicabl

e

25 NA NA Corrosive



# Hazardous Chemical State Formula CAS

No. Color Odour Mol. Wt

(g/mole)

Boiling

Point (°C)

Melting

Point (°C)

Flash Point

LEL %

UEL %

IDLH (ppm) LD50 LC50 Hazar

d

(Strong)

10 MEK Oxime Liquid C4H9NO 96-29-

7 Colourle

ss Mild 87.12 152.22 -29.5 62 1.5 5.3 NA

Rat - 930

mg/kg

Toxicity to fish LC50 - Pimeph

ales promela

s (fathead minnow) - 843 mg/l

Flammable

11 Nylon – 6 Pellet

s NHC5H10CO

25038-54-4

white to pale

yellow NA

113.0831

NA 223 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

12 Urea Phosphate

Crystals

(NH2)2CO⋅H3

PO4 4861 – 19 – 2

White Odourle

ss 158.0 NA

116 - 117

Not applicable

Not applicabl

e

Not applicabl

e

NA

Rat Toxicity (LD50) : 5840 mg/Kg

NA Corrosive

13 Methanol Liquid CH3OH 67-56-

1 Colorles

s

Alcohol like.

Pungent when crude

32.04 64.5 -97.6 12 6 36.5 6000

(LD50): 5628 mg/kg [Rat]

(LC50): 64000 4

hours [Rat]

Flammable

NA- Not Available

Table 7.3 Scenarios for Simulation

# Full name of

the Raw Material

Hazard involved

Size of Pipeline Maximum Operating Pressure Types of Failure Possible Consequences

Studied No. Dia Length

1. Ammonia Toxic &

Irritant 1

6‖

(152.4

mm)

1.5 km

(1500 m)

Atmospheric (1.0

kg/cm2)

20% rupture of incoming pipeline from

Ammonia IV plant to AS-I Plant Toxic Dose

FB rupture of incoming pipeline from

Ammonia IV plant to AS-I Plant Toxic Dose



7.5 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT Many times risk involved in various processes / process equipment cannot be addressed

completely by consequence analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks have been

considered separately under this topic. The approach is to identify hazards associated in

operation of equipment as well as in processes, assessing its impacts, ranking the risk posed by

it and finally to propose remedial actions/mitigation measures such that the risk is minimized to

tolerable level.

Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out for the following areas:

Storage and handling of solid chemicals like ammonium Sulphate, urea, urea phosphate

etc.

Storage and handling of corrosive chemicals like Sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, etc.

Storage and handling of toxic chemicals like ammonium Sulphate and Ammonia.

Risk involved in various processes / process equipment cannot be addressed completely by

consequence analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks have been considered

separately under this topic. The approach is to identify hazards associated in operation of

equipment as well as in processes, assessing its impacts, ranking the risk posed by it and finally

to propose remedial actions/mitigation measures such that the risk is minimized to tolerable

level. The risk matrix presented in Table 7.4, is referred in evaluating the assessment. Risk

acceptability criteria given in Table 7.5.

Table: 7.4 Risk Matrix for Qualitative Risk Assessment

Likelihood/ Probability

SEVERITY

Catastrophic (Death/

System Loss)

Major/ Critical

(Serious injury/ Illness)

Moderate (Less

Serious Injury/ Illness)

Minor/ Marginal

(Minor Injury/ Illness)

Insignificant/Negligible (No injury /illness)

5 4 3 2 1

Almost Certain E H H H M M

Likely D H H M M L Possible C H M M M L Unlikely B M M M L L

Impossible A M M L L L

Table 7.5: Risk Acceptability Criteria

Risk Range

Risk Acceptability Criteria Remarks

H Unacceptable/ High Management‘s Decision/Action Plan Required. Potential off-site Impact.

M Medium Generally Minor Impact. Acceptable with Management‘s Review.

Specific monitoring or SOP to be followed.

L Low Acceptable without Review. Manage through Routine Procedure.



Table 7.6 Associated Hazards and its Mitigation Measures during Storage and handling of Solid Chemicals

S.

No. Process Or

Activity Associated

Hazards Health & Safety Impact (Risk)

Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d

Ris

k

1. Handling Chemical bags

Chemical Exposure Skin/Eye/lung irritation.

4 C M Operators/Workers is/will be trained for Safe Work Practices.

Chemical handling bags is/will be labeled properly.

Chemicals will be stored in an isolated storage rooms having provision for natural & forced ventilation.

Certified Dust respirator will be provided.

Use of suitable protective clothing like apron, Helmet splash goggles, face shields and hand gloves.

Ground to all equipment containing material will be done.

Urea and Melamine will be stored below 23°C in tightly closed container.

Will be kept away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, metals, acids and alkalis.

2 B L

2. Cleaning of Chemical Spillage.

Fumes Inhalation.

Dust Exposure.

Splashing

Severe irritation to eyes, skin.

Inhalation.

3 C M In case of large spillage of urea and Melamine finish cleaning by spreading water on the contaminated surface and allow to evacuate through the sanitary system.

In case of spillage of urea phosphate collect the dry product mechanically without creating any dust for recovery or disposal.

1 B L



S.

No. Process Or

Activity Associated

Hazards Health & Safety Impact (Risk)

Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d

Ris

k

In case of spillage of phosphogypsum do not allow into drains or water courses.

Use of NIOSH-approved air-purifying or supplied-air respirator where airborne concentrations of dust are expected to exceed exposure limits.

Use of protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles as described by OSHA´s eye and face protection regulations in 29 CFR 1910.133 or European standard EN166.

Use of Suitable protective clothing, gloves, boots and approved respiratory PPE‘s will be ensured.



Table 7.7 Storage and Handling of Corrosive chemicals

S. No.

Process or Activity

Associated Hazards

Health & Safety Impact (Risk)

Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d

Ris

k

1. Loading &

Unloading.

Exposure to acid fumes (due to leakage in pipe/ container/ valves etc.).

Spillage.

Skin/Eye irritation.

Toxic Vapor inhalation etc.

4 C M Loading & Unloading activity is/will be carried out in well-ventilated area under proper supervision.

Periodic Inspection of flanges/ferrule joints is/will be carried out.

Neutralization media is/will be kept available in areas where acids are stored/handled/used.

Training for lifting and chemical transporting technique from one location to another location is/will be provided periodically.

Use of Nitrile rubber gloves, over 0.11 mm thickness, > 480 min breakthrough time for handling Urea phosphate.

PPEs like chemical safety goggles or full face shield, Rubber or neoprene gloves and additional protection including impervious boots, apron will be used.

2 B L



NIOSH an approved respirator is/will be used.

Use of acid-resistant PVC or neoprene jacket.

2. Working in

Storage Area.

Exposure to acid fumes.

Severe irritation to eyes, skin.

Body burns.

3 C M Acid proof floorings has been constructed.

Storage area is/will be well ventilated.

NIOSH approved Respirators shall be used.

Dyke wall is/will be provided.

In case of spillage of Phosphoric acid, H2SO4 and Nitric acid absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material, Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate.

PPEs like chemical safety goggles or full face shield, Rubber or neoprene gloves and additional protection including impervious boots, apron will be used.

Eye wash stations & Safety Shower is/will be installed in near vicinity.

Only trained personnel is/will be allowed to work in this area.

2 B L

3. Leakage from Exposure to acid fumes.

Severe irritation to

3 B M Level indicator is/will be provided.

2 B L



joints etc. eyes, skin.

Dyke wall shall be provided.

Other measures remaining are same as above.

Table 7.8 Storage and Handling of Toxic chemical like Ammonium Sulphate and Ammonia.

S.

No. Process Or Activity

Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d Ris

k

1. Chemical handling / Loading & Unloading

Exposure to vapours (due to leakage from joints, corroded lines failure etc.).

Eye and skin irritation, eye burns, corrosive burns to skin and respiratory disorder.

4 C M SOPs is/will be prepared and same will be followed.

Containers is/will be stored in well-ventilated area and away from all possible sources of ignition.

Eye wash station and Safety Shower is/will be installed in nearby location of storage facility.

Employee is/will be provided with protective equipment like aprons (full suit), vapour respirator, gloves, boots and splash goggles.

Handling trainings is/will be provided to the operators/ workers periodically.

Spill control procedure is/will be made available at storage facility.

Provided an automatic leak detection system.

2 B L

2. Working in Exposure to Severe burns, 4 C M Use of provided PPE‘s is/will 2 B L



S.


Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d Ris

k

Storage Area vapours due to spillage.

corneal damage, possible irreversible eye damage etc.

Exposure may result in severe irritation and / or burns of the nose, throat and respiratory tract. It may cause bronchospasm, pulmonary edema or respiratory arrest.

be ensured by Safety officer/ Plant In-charge.

Eye wash station or Safety Shower is/will be installed in storage area and its working will be ensured by EHS officer.

Display of Safety warning postures/signs inside the area, also will be stored in light-resistant containers.

Will be kept away from oxidizing materials, heat, sparks, and flame.

Will not use non-ferrous metals such as copper, brass, bronze, tin, zinc or galvanized metals container for the storage and pipelines for handling of ammonia.

NIOSH approved respiratory protection that consists of a full-face gas mask and canisters approved for ammonia or SCBA will be used and made available.

3. Tank overflow Chemical Exposure

Severe irrit ation, eye burns or permanent eye damage.

Contact with

5 C H Level indicator will be installed and the same shall be checked for its proper operation.

Periodic inspection will be carried for all the related accessories of level indicator.

2 B L



S.


Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

lihoo

d Ris

k

liquid may produce a caustic burn and frostbite.

Fatality

Approved respiratory equipment‘s will be made available.



7.6 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is a structured approach to identifying and understanding

the hazards and risks associated with Storage and Handling of flammable/ toxic chemicals. The

assessment starts by taking into account an inventory of hazardous chemicals stored, likelihood

of leakage/ spillage associated with it and selecting the worst case scenario for consequence

estimation. Finally, suggesting the measures to minimize or mitigate risks to meet appropriate

acceptability criteria. The planning for emergency evacuation shall be borne in mind whilst

interpreting the results.

Consequence analysis

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals as mentioned above. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere,

it may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds. Blast overpressures depend upon

the reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

Damage criteria

In consequence analysis studies, in principal three types of exposure to hazardous effects are

distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from jet fire, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE

Explosion

Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

The chosen damage criteria are given and explained as per the Guidelines for QRA – PHAST

Software, version 6.7 (DNV) & Purple Book for QRA released by Centre for Chemical Process

Safety (CCPS).

Planning

Hazards that can lead to accidents in operations are discussed in this section. Important

hazardous events are classified in Table 7.9.

Table 7.9: Event Classification

Type of Event Explanation

BLEVE Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapor Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic failure of refrigerated or pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling points, followed by early ignition of the same, typically leading to a fire ball

Deflagration Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity and initiation of the reaction at lower energy levels

Detonation A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front advances in the unreacted substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the unreacted material

Explosion A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave

Fire Fire

Fireball

The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before forming a flammable/explosive mixture.

Flash Fire A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-



Type of Event Explanation back fire

Jet Fire A jet fire occurs when flammable gas releases from the pipeline (or hole) and the released gas ignites immediately. Damage distance depends on the operating pressure and the diameter of the hole or opening flow rate.

Pool Fire Pool fire is a turbulent diffusion fire burning above a horizontal pool of vaporizing hydrocarbon fuel where the fuel has zero or low initial momentum

Spill Release ‗Loss of containment‘. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit‘s own equipment / tanks causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or fire

Structural Damage

Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily) of structural support and direct structural failures

Vapor Cloud Explosion

Explosion resulting from vapor clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing liquids and gases

Hazard and Damage Assessment

Toxic, flammable and explosive substances released from sources of storage as a result of

failures or catastrophes, can cause losses in the surrounding area in the form of:

Toxic gas dispersion, resulting in toxic levels in ambient air,

Fires, fireballs, and flash back fires, resulting in a heat wave (radiation), or

Explosions (Vapor Cloud Explosions) resulting in blast waves (overpressure).

Consequences of Fire/Heat Wave

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and

exposure time. The effect is expressed in term of the probability of death and different degree of

burn. The consequence effects studied to assess the impact of the events on the receptors are:

Table 7.10: Damage due to Radiation Intensity

Radiation (kW/m2) Damage to Equipment Damage to People

1.2 Solar heat at noon -

1.6 - Minimum level of pain threshold

2.0 PVC insulated cable damage -

4.0 - Causes pain if duration is longer

than 20 sec. But blistering is unlikely.

6.4 - Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy to ignite wood with a

flame; melts plastic tubing. 1% lethality in one minute. First

degree burns in 10 sec.

16.0 - Severe burns after 5 Sec.

25.0 Minimum energy to ignite wood at identifying long exposure without a

flame.

100% lethality in 1 min. Significant injury in 10 sec.



Radiation (kW/m2) Damage to Equipment Damage to People

37.5 Severe damage to plant 100% lethality in 1 min. 50% lethality in 20 sec. 1% lethality in 10 sec.

Consequences of Overpressure

The effects of the shock wave vary depending on the characteristics of the material, the quantity

involved and the degree of confinement of the vapor cloud. The peak pressures in an explosion

therefore vary between a slight over-pressure and a few hundred kilopascals (kPa). Whereas

dwelling are demolished and windows and doors broken at overpressures as low as 0.03- 0.1

bar. Direct injury to people occurs at greater pressures. The pressure of the shock wave

decreases rapidly with the increase in distance from the source of the explosion.

Table 7.11: Overpressure Damage

Overpressure (bar) Damage

0.001 0.002 0.003

Annoying noise (137 dB if of low frequency 10-15 Hz) Loud noise (143 dB, sonic boom glass failure Occasional breaking of large glass windows already under strain

0.007 Breakage of small windows under strain

0.010 0.020

Typical pressure for glass breakage projectile limit; some damage to house ceilings; 10% window glass broken

0.027 Limited minor structural damage

0.034 0.034 to 0.068

Large and small windows usually shattered; occasional damage to window frames

0.048 0.068

0.068 to 0.136

Minor damage to house structures Partial demolition of houses, made uninhabitable Corrugated asbestos shattered; corrugated steel or aluminum panels, fastenings fail, followed by buckling, wood panels (standard housing) fastenings fail, panels blown in

0.088 0.136

0.136 to 0.204

Steel frame of clad building slightly distorted Partial collapse of walls and roofs of houses Concrete of cinder brick walls, not reinforced, shattered

0.157 Lower limit of serious structural damage

0.170 0.204

0.204 to 0.272

50% destruction of brickwork of houses Heavy machines (3,000 lb) in industrial building suffered little damage; steel frame building distorted and pulled away from foundations. Frameless, self -framing steel panel building demolished; rupture of oil storage tanks

0.272 0.340

Cladding of light industrial buildings ruptured Wooden utility poles snapped; tall hydraulic press (40,000 lb) in building slightly damaged

0.340 to 0.476 0.476

Nearly complete destruction of houses Loaded train wagons overturned

0.476 to 0.544 Brick panels, 8-12 inches thick, not reinforced; heavy machine tools (7,000



Overpressure (bar) Damage

0.612 0.680

20.414

lb) moved and badly Loaded trains boxcars completely demolished Probable total destruction of buildings; heavy machines tools (7,000 lb) moved and badly damaged, very heavy machines tools (12,000 lb) survived. Limit of crater lip

Source: CCPS Consequence analysis of chemical release

Consequences of Toxic Release

The effect of exposure to toxic substance depends upon the duration of exposure and the

concentration of the toxic substance.

Short-term exposures to high concentration give Acute Effects while long term exposures to low

concentrations result in Chronic Effects.

Only acute effects are considered under hazard analysis. Since they are likely credible

scenarios. These effects are:

Irritation (respiratory system skin, eyes)

Narcosis (nervous system)

Asphyxiation (oxygen deficiency)

System damage (blood organs)

Following are some of the common terms used to express toxicity of materials.

Threshold Limit Value (TLV): it is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a

weighted average basis (usually 8 hrs. for 5 days in a week)

Short Time Exposure Limit (STEL): It is the permitted short term exposure limit usually

for a 15 minutes exposure.

Immediately Dangerous to life and health (IDLH): It represents the maximum

concentration of a chemical from which, in the event of respiratory failure, one could

escape within 30 minutes without a respirator and without experiencing any

escape/impairing (eg. Severe irritation) or irreversible health effects.

Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, other

than LC50, which has been reported to cause a death in human or animals.

Toxic Concentration Low (TCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, to

which humans or animals have been exposed for any given period of time that has

produced a toxic effects in humans or produced carcinogenic, neoplastigenic or

teratogenic effect in humans or animals.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines 1 (ERPG1): The maximum airborne

concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for

up to 1 hour (without a respirator) without experiencing other than mild transient adverse

health effects or without perceiving a clearly defined objectionable odor.


concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for



up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health

effects or symptoms that could impair their abilities to take protective action.


concentration below which it is believed nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to

1 hour without experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects.

Meteorology

Atmospheric stability plays an important role in the dispersion of the chemicals. ―Stability

means, its ability to suppress existing turbulence or to resist vertical motion‖.

Atmospheric stability plays an important role in the dispersion of chemicals. ―Stability means, its

ability to suppress existing turbulence or to resist vertical motion‖.

Variations in thermal and mechanical turbulence and in wind speed are greatest in the

atmospheric layer in contact with the surface. The air temperature has influenced these

turbulences greatly and air temperature decreases with the height. The rate at which the

temperature of air decreases with height is called Environment Lapse Rate (ELR). It will vary

from time to time and from place to place. The atmosphere is said to be stable, neutral or

unstable according to ELR less than, equal to or greater than Dry Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR),

which is a constant value of 0.98 ºC per 100 meters.

Pasquill Stability Classes

Pasquill has defined Six (6) stability classes.

A - Extremely unstable.

B - Moderately unstable

C - Slightly unstable.

D - Neutral

E - Slightly stable.

F - Moderately stable.

Three prime factors that defines Stability

Solar radiation

Night-time sky over

Surface wind

When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty, rapid

dispersion of vapors will occur. Under these conditions, air concentrations will be moderate or

low and the material will be dispersed rapidly. When the atmosphere is stable and wind speed is

low, dispersion of material will be limited and air concentration will be high.

Weather Conditions

Following Weather conditions are selected for consequence analysis



Table 7.12: Weather Condition Selected

Time Remarks Weather Condition

Temperature in °C Wind speed m/s Stability Class

Day Time Prevalent during the day,

most times of the year 35.3 2.0 C

Night Time

Prevalent during the night, most times of the year

27.8 2.0 E

Monsoon Period

Prevalent during the monsoon months

38.7 4.0 D

Consequences Analysis The consequences of the release of Hazardous substances by failures or catastrophes and the

damage to the surrounding area can be determined by means of models. Models help to

calculate the physical effects resulting from the release of hazardous substances and to

translate the physical effects in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and

environment. To assess the damage level caused by the various accidental events, it is

essential to firm up the damage criteria with respect to different types of accidents e.g. thermal

radiation, toxicity, explosion overpressure etc.

Consequence analysis involves the application of mathematical, analytical and computer

models for calculation of effects and damages subsequent to a hydrocarbon release accident.

Consequence models are used to predict the physical behavior of the hazardous incidents. The

techniques used to model the consequences of hydrocarbon and other hazardous material

releases cover the following:

Modeling of discharge rates when holes develop in process equipment/pipe

work/pipeline.

Modeling of the size and shape of flammable and toxic gas clouds from releases in the

atmosphere

Modeling of the flame and radiation field of the releases that are ignited and burn as jet

fire, pool fire, flash fire and BLEVE/ Fire ball

Modeling of the explosion fields of releases, which are ignited away from the point of

release

The information normally required for consequence analysis includes meteorological conditions,

failure data of equipment and components, ignition sources, population characteristics within

and outside the plant, acceptable levels of risk etc.

Assumption For consequence analysis, assumptions regarding Meteorological, Pasquil Stability Classes,

Wind velocity, Ambient Temperature, Relative Humidity, Inventory, Ground Roughness, Model

used etc. are very important. In this report, the following assumptions have been considered.

Meteorological Paste other tables

Atmospheric Conditions: No Inversion

Ambient Temperature: 40°C has been considered as MCA approach.



Pasquil Stability Classes

Pasquil Stability category C, D & E is considered as conservative approach.

Other assumptions:

Inventory: Release of 100% of the inventory has been considered. For this, failure of the container has been considered from the bottom.

Storage conditions: Storage conditions have been considered as they are practically stored at site.

Input data for software (modeling)

For consequence analysis, input data considered are as below:

Volume inventory (Quantity of material) 1. Scenario

Leak

Catastrophic Rupture

2. Leak size

20 % rupture of incoming pipeline

Full-bore rupture of incoming pipeline

3. Storage conditions

Pressure

Temperature

4. Bund details

Bund height

Bund area

5. Weather condition:

Wind speed

Pasquil stability

Atmospheric temperature

Relative humidity

MCAS Development Techniques

As a first step towards risk assessment is to identify the possible release scenarios based on

available information about scenario development for Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios

(MCAS).

Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLS’)

Following points are considered while selecting the release scenarios:

Flash point for flammable chemicals

IDLH of Toxic chemicals

Operating/ Storage Temperature and Pressure of the material

Total inventory of the material



Simulation of Release and Development of Contours

As the MCLS‘ were developed for the selected set of chemicals, the next step is to carry out the

consequence analysis. The consequence analysis results along with their contours are

presented in the following sections. Contours are presented on plant layout.

Figure 7.1 Plant layout



7.6.1 Ammonia Radiation level effect distance, overpressure effect distance and toxic dose level effect distance due to the release of Ammonia are

presented below:

Table 7.13: Effect Distance due to Release of Ammonia

Material Failure Scenario Consequence Met Data

Effective Distance in meter to Toxic Level

ERPG 1 (25 ppm)

ERPG 2 (150 ppm)

ERPG 3 (1500 ppm)

IDLH (300 ppm)

Ammonia

20% rupture of incoming pipeline from Ammonia

IV plant to AS-I Plant Toxic Dose

2.0/E 493.47 171.02 57.33 137.74

2.0/C 231.57 101.09 57.68 87.21

4.0/D 237.85 97.17 47.49 82.59

FB rupture of incoming pipeline from Ammonia IV

plant to AS-I Plant Toxic Dose

2.0/E 77.88 19.43 7.34 14.34

2.0/C 78.15 32.68 12.19 28.60

4.0/D 328.88 125.52 57.52 104.41

# NH- No Hazard

# NR- Not Reached

The contour for effect distance generated for the release of Ammonia is presented below;



Figure 7.2: Toxic effect distance Contour due to 20% rupture of incoming pipeline from Ammonia IV plant to AS-I Plant at weather condition 2.0/E



Figure 7.3: Toxic effect distance Contour due to FB rupture of incoming pipeline from Ammonia IV plant to AS-I Plant at weather condition 4.0/D



7.6.2 Results of Consequence Analysis Summary of effect distance (in m) for worst case scenario of hazardous chemical considered for

consequence analysis are given below:

Chemical/ Scenario

Effect Distance in Meters at specific Weather condition

At IDLH Concentration (in PPM)

Ammonia 137.74 (2.0/E)

Toxic dose effect of Ammonia is within half kilometer distance which is within plant premises

which can be mitigated with adequate measures during emergency within plant premises.

Bore Failure of 3" dia. LPNG line in the battery limit of DAP/AS-I

NG is used in the furnaces of AS-I, PA and DAP plant. NG (P=4kg/cm2 and ambient temp.) leakage

can be in the main header coming from utility plant to acid group of plants through PA/DAP/AS plant

or in the supply line to the furnaces. There can be chance of flash fire if the ignition source is

available to the leaky NG.For consequence analysis, following scenarios have been considered:

i. Full bore failure

The Hazard distances due to pool fire, jet fire and overpressure are given in Table below:

Scenario

Release

Rate(Kg/s)

& Duration

(s)

Mass Released

(Kg)

Event

Hazard Distance (m) from release point

2F 2B 3D 5D

Full Bore

Failure

RR: 0.04

RD: 300 12

LFL 3 3 3 2

Jet fire

(KW/m2)

4.5

12.5

37.5

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

Over

Pressure (Bar)

0.03

0.1

0.3

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

NR- Not Reached; RR: Release Rate; RD: Release Duration; NH: No Hazard It may be observed from the above table that there is no hazard as such except the LEL goes up to

a maximum distance of 3m.



Quantitative Risk assessment and Emergency Action Plan has already been carried for other plants of GSFC like Ammonia - III Plant, Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank & Ammonia Filling Station, For Ammonia-IV Plant Including Argon Filling Station & VTF, For Methanol Plant Including Tankfarm (VTF), For Urea - I Plant, For Urea - II Plant, For Melamine - I Plant, For Melamine - II Plant, For Phosphatic Group Of Plants, For Utility IG, CO-GENERATION – I/III, Steam Generation & Environment Control Plants, For Nylon - 6 Plant, For Caprolactam - I Plant, For Caprolactam – II Plant, For Caprolacatm – II (Lc-P&B) Plant, with various failure cases which is attached as Annexure V. 7.6.3 Specific mitigation measures for safety at storage area for Hazardous chemicals Ammonia Following mitigation measures will be followed in case of Ammonia Leakage:

Evacuate the employees from the area of spill by moving laterally and upwind direction

immediately.

Isolate the affected area.

Stay upwind and use water spray downwind of container to absorb the evolved gas.

Contain spill and runoff from entering drains, sewers, and water systems by utilizing methods

such as diking, containment, and absorption.

Use Ammonia emergency kit to attend the leak.

Only properly trained and equipped persons should respond to an ammonia release.

In Case of a Large Spill NIOSH approved positive-pressure SCBA will be used to avoid

inhalation.

Following Safety Measures is/will be made available to avoid Emergencies related to Ammonia

Leakage:

Ammonia handling area is/will be well ventilated.

Ammonia Emergency kit shall be kept ready at Ammonia shed.

DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material is/will be provided at shed.

NIOSH approved respiratory protection that consists of a full-face gas mask and canisters

approved for ammonia or SCBA should be made available in ammonia shed.

Oxygen Cylinder shall be available.

Safety shower and eye wash station will be made available in Ammonia shed area.

Full body protection suite and other PPEs shall be kept ready.

Safe Operating procedures and Emergency Response Procedures is/will be followed strictly.

Only trained workers and employers shall be allowed to work for tank loading and unloading.

Will be kept away from mercury, gold, silver, iodine, bromine, silver oxide and silver chloride to

avoid formation of explosive product.

Stainless steel, carbon steel or black iron material shall be used for storage and handling of

ammonia.

It will be stored in cool (26.7°C / 80°F) and well-ventilated areas, with tightly closed containers.

Regular worksite inspection is/will be carried out to ensure occupational safety.

Ammonia tank is/will be provided with dyke wall.



Should ground all equipment containing material.

Alarm/trip signal devise will be provided for detecting high leakage.

7.6.4 Mitigation Measures against Risk Based on the risk assessment analysis following precautionary mitigation measures are

recommended for the project.

The installation of all the equipment is/will be as per guidelines of provision of Gujarat

Factories Rule 1963.

For any case of fire emergency, standard type of Firefighting equipment and fire

extinguishers will be provided in the storage area as well as required places in the plant.

Smoking is/will be strictly prohibited inside the plant premises.

Personnel protective equipments meeting OSHA‘s standards will be provide to workers.

First Aid facility and First-aid trained person will be available at the time of chemical handling

operation.

Foam Sprayed on Mock Leakage Fire Water Sprayed Towards a Leakage

Rescue Operation by Fire Personnel A Casualty is being Rescued

Figure 7.4 Photos showing fire rescue operation in GSFC Baroda



7.7 SAFETY MEASURES FOR TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CHEMICALS

A. General safety measures for transportation, storage & handling are listed below. Layout and location of hazardous chemical storage area shall be based on natural and

Mechanical ventilation.

Spare barrels of sufficient quantity are/will be kept ready for any emergency spillage or leakage.

Regular inspection of all the drums of hazardous chemicals shall be carried out and damaged drums shall be separated and disposed to avoid the possibility of catastrophic rupture.

Display Boards shall be provided on all storage drum which include the name of the chemicals, material of construction, Calibration of tanks and date of Painting.

The level indicators shall be placed on all storage drums to know the exact liquid level inside the drum and to avoid the accidental spillage or overflow.

All equipments related to hazardous chemical storage shall be maintained and calibrated regularly.

Drum trolley is/will be used for the movement of drums of hazardous chemicals to avoid accident due to manual error.

SOP for handling hazardous chemicals is/will be displayed in local language for safe operating procedure.

Proper inventory of hazardous chemicals is/will be maintained and buffer stock will be kept as minimum as possible.

Standard procedure for unloading will be in place and will be implemented for safe unloading of road tanker.

Static earthing provision is/will be made for tanker unloading.

Water showering system (Automated sprinkling system) is/will be provided to the flammable liquid storage area, wherever required to avoid the vaporization due to increase in atmosphere temperature.

On‐site detectors for fire based on heat or smoke detection with alarm system is/will be provided as required.

Adequate firefighting system is/will be provided as required along with the fire water tank having capacity 2,00,000.00 KLD.

First aids boxes is/will be provided at prominent places in the plant.

Area is/will be declared as ―NO SMOKE ZONE‖.

Specific Safety measures for storage and handling of other chemicals and gas cylinders are given as follows.

i. Storage and Handling of other Chemicals

It will be labeled properly and stored in a cool, well-ventilated and fire resistant area in a

tightly closed container.

Material Safety Data Sheet is/will be displayed in front of respective chemicals.

Proper training and knowledge is/will be provided to workers for physical and chemical

characteristics of the each chemical they are using.

Proper PPEs is/will be provided to the workers.

Proper firefighting equipment is/will be installed at storage yard and maintenance and

calibration for that equipment will be carried out on regular basis.

ii. Storage and Handling of gas cylinders

Store cylinders upright with valve outlet seals and valve protection caps in place.

Store cylinders in accordance with ISO Standard 11625:2007.



Full and empty cylinders should be segregated and stored separately.

Visually inspect stored cylinders on a routine basis, or at least weekly, for any indication of

leakage or problems

Use of approved regulators for the specific gas.

Move cylinders using a suitable hand truck or cart.

Use a cylinder cage or cradle to lift a cylinder

B. Process Safety Measures Safety measures are the most important aspect of selection of process technology to ensure safety

in production unit. For the safety in production area some important critical safety measures must

be provided within the process technology/equipment itself.

The details of the general safety measures for process unit are as below;

Process parameters control should be provided vide Standard Operating Procedures.

All reaction vents should be connected to either vapor condensers system or gaseous

scrubber system.

Trained person should be engaged for handling of hazardous materials.

Proper safety precautions should be taken during handling of hazardous materials.

Further all the vessels should be examined periodically by a recognized competent person.

All the vessels and equipments should be well earthed and well protected against Static

Electricity. Also for draining in drums, proper earthing facilities should be provided.

Reaction column pressure and temperature data should be regularly monitored and

assessment of properties of flammable chemicals should be evaluated periodically to avoid

fire/explosion scenarios.

Temperature indicators should be provided near all reactors.

Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & updation in safety and emergency

preparedness plan must be displayed and conducted.

Total reaction should be carried out in closed jacketed vessel having cooling water supply to

control temperature in case of run-away reaction.

Emergency reactor shutdown system should be implemented.

C. Safety Measures for Drum Storage and Handling

Drums should be stored at designated location or secured in a safety storage cabinet.

Approved methods of equipping a drum and dispensing liquids from it should be followed.

Drums, carboys and related accessories should be inspected on regular basis for

maintenance purpose.

All the vessels and equipment should be earthed properly and protected against static

electricity. Also, proper earthing facilities shall be provided for drums.

Materials should be transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum from drums.

Drums for flammable liquids should have proper closures that can withstand the expected

handling conditions without leaking.

D. Safety Measures for Preventive Maintenance The safety measures in form of the general Do's & Don'ts for safety in process & other plant area

are as below:

Make sure equipment is empty and fluxed with nitrogen and air.



Use of proper PPE will be ensured by safety officer.

Check VOC content for flammable vapours and make sure that no flammable vapour

contents.

Keep proper and adequate fire extinguisher near work area.

Check all motors are disconnected and fuse pulled out before maintenance.

Work in any equipment must be conducted in presence of supervisor.

Make sure all process lines are disconnected.

Do not work on equipment without permission from plant head and maintenance head.

Do not allow any employment without pre medical checkup or without checking fitness.

Additional safety measures in form of the checklist covering Do's & Don'ts of preventive

maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures is/will be

updated timely and will be made available to all concern department & personnel.

7.8 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM / FIRE CONTROL PLAN By looking to the hazardous nature of process and the chemicals that are handled and processed,

the chances of outbreak of fire cannot be totally ignored. Hence to tackle such a situation, company

has developed proposed, well-resourced and adequate fire protection system. The management

has proposed to keep the following extinguishers at site:

Company is/will have Fire Water Tank of adequate capacity to combat the emergency, if

arise, GIDC water reservoir shall also be made available, if required.

Working staff is/will be trained to operate Foam, DCP and CO2 extinguishers.

DG set is/will be available as a separate power backup for fire network.

Company has/will do tie up with GIDC Fire Brigade and nearby companies, for handling

emergency situations.

Electric driven alarms & sirens is/will be placed at the conspicuous locations. Hand Bell shall

be used in case of power failure.

Proponent had provided separate entry and exists with adequate margin all around the

periphery for unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire tenders without

reversing back.



Figure 7.5: Fire Hydrant Layout Plan

7.8.1 Safety Precautions system for visitor Visitor card to be provided to each visitor with gate pass & Visitor badge; which will contain the

Rules & Information as below:

ID Badges: ID Badges must be worn and visible at all times. They are to

be returned to the reception desk/security gate when leaving the

premises.

Mobile phone: Mobile phones with a camera function must not be used

on these premises. The use of mobile phones is strictly prohibited in

designated areas

Electronic devices: Electronic devices may not be connected to the

company network without authorization

Smoking is prohibited: Smoking is prohibited on the company

premises. The sale and consumption of tobacco products, alcohol and

other narcotic substances is forbidden

Personal protective equipment (PPE): PPE must be worn in many

areas of site. For your own safety you must wear the appropriate

protective equipment when entering these areas.

Alarm Signal: Obey alarm signals and follow the instructions of the fire

safety team. A triggered piezo siren signal indicates a fire system alarm

and alerts the fire safety team. However, piezo sirens emitting a

continuous tone indicate that you must evacuate the building



immediately.

Emergency Call: To report an accident or environmental incident,

please call our internal emergency number on XXXX/XXXXXX. Please

contact the emergency services; if there is any immediate danger.

Emergency personnel will provide further instructions. Manual call points

can be used to alert the fire brigade directly in the event of a fire.

Emergency Exit: Please leave the danger zone immediately and warn

people at risk. In the event of fire, try to put out the fire with a fire

extinguisher, if possible. Escape routes are marked in green on the

emergency and evacuation plans displayed inside buildings. In the event

of an evacuation, please proceed to the appropriate assembly point.

Assembly Point: Make your way to one of the designated assembly

points and await further instructions. Report any missing colleagues to

management at the assembly point.

First aid boxes: First aid boxes are provided for treating injuries, and

qualified first aiders are on hand during working hours.

7.9 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) In order to be in a state of readiness to face any accident or disaster caused by the project

operation, a Disaster management plan is required to be prepared. The plan will cover possible

disaster, On and Off-site emergency preparedness plans, establishment of emergency Control

Centre (ECC), Location of emergency services and duties of officers / staff during emergency.

Basic Contents of DMP Basically, DMP contains following aspects:

a) On – site Emergency Plan

b) Off- site Emergency Plan

Classification of Emergency

LEVEL – 1 The incident or emergency which are confinable, controllable within the plant premises, which under

normal circumstances does not affect area outside the said plant battery limit and controlling does

not involve / require external help. This situation is called emergency stand by and affected unit /

plant have to handle emergency.

It may be due to

- Small pipe/valve rupture or similar leakages that do not affect outside premises. - Release of toxic chemicals for short duration. - Small fire in the plant.

LEVEL – 2 When the incident or emergency is not controlled within 10 to 15 minutes or does not come under

control within 10 to 15 minutes, incident controller, site main controller reviews the situation and

decides if situation is Worsening. It may arise due to:



- Leakage of toxic chemicals for long duration. - Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises. - Medium scale fire inside the factory premises.

LEVEL – 3 After surveying off-site implications of level – 2 emergencies if there is a likely hood of

chemical/material gas cloud formation and spreading of cloud in down wind direction affecting

neighboring population of industry and villagers and / or in case of following incident IC and SMC

are of the opinion that there will be off-site implications. It may arise due to:

- Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic / Flammable gases for a long duration. - Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area. - Major fire inside the factory premises.

Level-I and Level- II shall normally be grouped as onsite emergency and Level- III as off- site

emergency.

Mode of Emergency: Man made Natural Calamities Extraneous

Heavy Toxic Leakage/ Spillage

Fire

Explosion

Failure of Critical Control system

Design deficiency

Unsafe acts

In-adequate maintenance

Flood

Earthquake

Cyclone

Outbreak of Disease

Tsunami

Riots/Civil Disorder/Mob Attack

Terrorism

Sabotage

Bomb Threat

War/Hit by missiles

Food Poisoning/Water Poisoning

7.9.1 On-Site Emergency The On-site emergency plan: deals with, measures to prevent and control emergencies within the

factory and not affecting outside public or Environment.

Table 7.14: On-Site Emergency Planning # Code of Practice Objective Line of Action

1 In Case of Fire at Factory/Hazardous chemicals storage area/ Diesel/ FO or storage area.

To deal with Fire efficiently and quickly at different locations in the factory including diesel storage tank and electrical Panel.

Any person notices any sign of fire shall start shouting FIRE, FIRE (Aag, Aag) to seek assistance and also immediately take steps to give warning by blowing the siren continuously and take steps to extinguish the fire by using fire extinguishers available near the site of fire

After giving information reach the spot, remove man and machinery and take steps to tackle the fire in accordance with the firefighting instructions. Inform at security office to get Ambulance if required.

2 In case of Heavy Spillage, Leakage of hazardous

To deal with the incidence of hazardous chemicals

Any person who notices any leakage or spillage of hazardous chemicals from storage tank, pipe line or from



chemicals. spillage or leakage efficiently and quickly

any equipment should try to warn the nearby persons and report to the shift supervisor without any delay.

The Person should not go near the spill unless he is wearing a proper PPE and has been fully trained to handle the chemicals leaks.

7.9.2 Off-Site Emergency The Off-site emergency plan: deals with, measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting

public and the environment outside the premises.

Objective

In the effects of the accident or disaster inside the plant is felt outside its premises, it calls for an off-site emergency plan, which would prepared and documented in advance in consultation with the district authorities.

The off-site emergency plan prepared herein will deal with those incidents identified under Level – 3 in the on-site plan, which have the potential to harm persons or the environment outside the boundary of the factory premises.

The most significant risk to outside areas is that associated with large release flammable and toxic chemicals. Spread of its effected outside the works may require traffic control, evacuation, shelter arrangement.

Off-site emergency plan has been drawn up with a view to mobilize resources and integrate with district contingency plan for an effective system of command and control in combating the emergency.

Thus in brief the two main purpose of the off-site emergency plan are: o To provide the local / district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors, surrounding industries

and the public, the basic information of risk and environment impact assessment and to appraise them of the consequences and the protection prevention measures and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency

o To assist the district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for the district or particulate area and to organize rehearsal from time to time and initial corrective action based on the lesson learnt.

Structure of the off-site emergency plan This off-site emergency plan is/will be integrated properly with the district contingency plan to

tackle any kind of emergency. The site main controller is/will keep liaison for this purpose with the district authorities.

External telephone a facility from Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. to Local Fire Station, Mutual Aid Members and DPMC Vadodara is/will be established for quick communication.

The names of the key persons are/will be defined to establish contacts and Co-ordinate the activities with the help of the Collectorate and disaster management center in case of major emergency.

An on-site emergency control room has been identified by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.., which can be activated / used for emergency control and manned round the clock.

As far as off-site emergencies are concerned, information shall be received first by the police control room, Vadodara on telephone next information to local fire brigade on telephone and to DPMC – Vadodara. The police / fire brigade control room shall in turn inform DSP, collector.

The safety department and individual plant has already the list of quantities of resources like breathing air sets, rescue masks, fire extinguishers, water resources etc. available with various



industries in the vicinity which can be spread under Mutual Aid System to tackle such emergencies after receiving call from them.

The District Superintendent of Police, Vadodara District will be in overall charge of security, evacuation and rescue operations at the time of emergency.

Arrangement made for off- site Emergency Considering distance from district Head Quarters, other nearby external emergency control

organization. Following arrangements will be arranged in consultation with DY. DISH, District Collectorate, Mamlatdar.

Disclosure of information to neighboring organization and population:

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. will prepare booklet and circulate among neighboring organization and population containing hazardous operation and chemicals. First aid, emergency treatment, probable types of emergencies that can arise. Preventive steps will be taken to control emergency. Emergency warning siren code system, to make them aware in advance. Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. will carry out group get together, acquaintance round, meeting with neighboring public, population to train, brief the and make them aware about our operation and preparedness.

The same groups along with external emergency control organization were invited during mock drill, rehearsals for training and acquaintance.

Local crisis group: As per central government notification and DISH office for preparation of offsite

emergency plan and Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. will become member of local level

crises group, will set up disaster management center of industrial area using existing available

facility of industries in the area with facility and emergency contact phone numbers. During

emergency with in local group reach in and around industrial area any one can contact DMC –

control room situated in both the factories and manned round the clock will initiate actions and

arrange to organize resource mobilization and communication.

Local crisis group consists of: Chairman : Dy. Collector

Member Secretary : Asst. Directorate – Industrial Safety & Health, Vadodara

Member : Factory manager of all industries

Member : Transport contractors

Member : Safety Manager, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Member : Police Inspector, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Member : TDO, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Member : Civil defense inspector, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd

Member : Medical officer, PHC, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Member : Press reporter

Member : Community leader, Sarpanch, nearby village

Member : NGO, Lions club, nearby village

Member : Local social worker, nearby village

Member : Local social worker nearby village

Local crisis group will prepare local emergency response plan and will submit to Directorate – Industrial Safety and Health, Vadodara.

Rehearsal of local off-site emergency response plan will be carried out involving industries nearby as per mutual aid arrangements.

Local crisis group will have to start emergency control action before arrival of and activation of district off site emergency plan and involvement of district crisis group.

Any escalation need of further help will activate full district level off site control room.



All type of emergencies like village fire, chemical accident, natural calamities and industrial accidents will be covered in the scope of local crisis group action plan.

District level crisis group: Under chairmanship of collector district level crisis group will be formulated to aim at:

Update off-site emergency plan regularly

To organize, initiate action for mock drill

To run central control room

To coordinate for training need of all member government officials

To maintain communication link among members through central control room.

To monitor preparation of industrial organization and adequacy of on-site emergency plan.

Dy. Director – Industrial Safety and Health hold responsibility of member secretary for district level crisis group.

Communication and warning by Disaster Management Center: When a disaster occurs, the

industry affected by the disaster will immediately inform the disaster management center with all

available information.

AS - I PLANT UNDER EMERGENCY (1) PE / Dy. Mgr will communicate

Working Hrs. SA PLANT 2470 / 3470 (For SO2 / OLEUM / H2SO4 Leakage)

AMMONIA PLANT 3315/2219 (For NG Leakage)

DAP/ AMMONIA PLANT 2382 / 2797, 3315/2219 (For Ammonia leakage)

CAPROLACTAM PLANT 2674 / 3074 (For CAPRO LIQUOR Leakage)

(2) SR. OPERATOR will communicate

Working Hrs. Odd Hrs. FIRE 2333 /2222 / 3333/2258

2833 / 9979853498/

9979853450

2333 / 2222 / 3333 /

9979853498/9979853450

ECC 3535 / 2535 / 8238084544 3535 / 2535/ 8238084544

SECURITY 2561 / 2343 /3769 2561 / 2233707 / 9979853567

SAFETY 2888 / 2777 / 3558 / 3171 /

2258 /3593

9979856475/ 8238021992

2448/2258/ 9979853450

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL 2578/9979853497 2578 / 3578 / 9979853497

FOR ENVIRONMENT

CLEARANCE (QC)

9998026455

998968247

8238022088

2682/3682 (Jan. to June)

3131/3128 (July to Dec.)

9974701201, 8980074180 SHOVEL LOADER OPTR. 2769/2686/2260 2769

SR. MGR. (P-AS) – [RVR] 2886/9979862502 9979862502

Chief (P-N-6 & AS-II) [SKV] 2737 / 9909986712 9909986712

VP(P-F&I) - DJT 3173 / 9909965788 9909965788

Sr. VP (Project Execution,

MSD, Vigilance, S&FS)

3512 / 9879512957 9879512957

Sr. VP (Operations, Design,

Maint. & FU)

3928/9978923083 9978923083

SP. DUTY OFFICER - 2770 / 9979853499

TELEPHONE OPERATOR - 2299

(3) DN Operator / PUMP BAY Operator will communicate



MEDICAL

Ambulance Tel No.

2317 / 2444 / 2268 / 9909940501

9727796896, 9727796895

ELECT S/S 2988 / 2391/ 2491

DAP 2797 / 2382

NYLON-6 2631/ 3631

SIREN CODE Blow of 1 Minute : For Caprolactam Plant Under Emergency

Blows of 30 Seconds Each : For Ammonia & Methanol Group Of plant Under Emergency

Blows of 20 Seconds Each : For Tankfarm Under Emergency

Blows of 15 Seconds Each : For Heavy Release Of Toxic Gas Affecting Other Plants

Civil Defense & Off Site Emergency

: 4 Seconds Up & 4 Seconds Down For 2 Minuets

All Clear : Continuous Blow For 2.5 Minutes

7.9.3 Structure of Emergency Management System Central Safety Services department is existing in GSFC. It is adequately manned with qualified

safety personnel who can manage the affairs of safety in GSFC. It is headed by Senior Executive of

the company. There is a direct reporting to Managing Director. Manpower with Safety Unit of GSFC

is about 16. It is appended below:

Sr. VP (Project Execution, MSD, Vigilance, S & FS) : 1

Chief (Safety & Fire Services) : 1

Sr. Mgr (Safety) : 1

Mgr. (safety & Fire) : 1

Dy. Mgr. (Safety) : 2

Safety Engineer : 2

Safety Representatives : 5

PA/Steno-Typist : 1

Peon : 2

Safety Appliances procurement, planning, placement at vulnerable locations, inspection and

maintenance is looked after by safety personnel. Stock of safety appliances is adequate enough to

handle any kind of emergency in GSFC.

7.9.4 List of appliances with GSFC A) Monitoring Instruments Explosimeters : 14

Oxygen meters : 1

Explosimeter (Nitrogen environment) : 1

Firefly alarm : 1

Noise level measuring instrument : 2

Static charge meter : 1

B) Respiratory personal protective appliances Breathing Apparatus Set : 117

Mini Breathing Apparatus Set : 30

Canisters/Cartridges of all kind : 200

Airline respirator : 100

Dust Mask : 2000

Dust Respirator : 200



C) Non-Respiratory Personal Protective Appliances Helmet : To All + 300

PVC Goggles : 500

Ear Plug : 500

Ear Muff : 300

Face Shield : 200

Apron : 50

PVC suit : 100

Asbestos suit : 20

Full body Harness : 80

Barrier Creams : 100

Safety Eye washer & Shower : 206

Flame Retardant Suit (Mazic) : 20

Tychem-C Suit : 20

7.9.5 Engineering Services Central Engineering Services Division consists of Engineering. Workshop, Electrical, Civil and

Instrument Workshops, Inspection and Construction Department. Engineering services play a vital

role in Emergency situation to control the gravity of the incident. Engineering Workshop has various

infrastructure facilities such as fabrication shop with latest equipment, milling machines, mobile

equipment, such as forklifts, shovel loaders, trucks, cranes etc. with competent operating personals.

Moreover, all the plant mechanical maintenance groups are also equipped with various material

handling devices such as chain pulley blocks, rope puller, battery operated trucks etc. All the

compressor houses have the facility of EOT cranes in the building for repair jobs. These can also

be used for control measures in the emergency situation.

7.9.6 Storage Hazards and Controls

Storage area in the Complex, known as tank farm consisting of Naphtha, Benzene and other

hydrocarbons is situated away from the manufacturing plants and fulfilling all rules and regulations

prescribed under the relevant statutes viz. The Petroleum Act, Gas Cylinder Rules, Static & Mobile

pressure vessels Rules etc. Two atmospheric Ammonia Storage tanks each of 10,000 MT capacity

are also located away from the plants. The storage area is isolated from the plants and all storage

tanks of hazardous substances are located within the boundary wall with two gates. As prescribed

in the relevant statutory regulations all the electrical fittings are of explosion proof fittings. Proper

enclosures in the form of bund walls have been provided for all the storage tanks. In order to detect

the leakage of hydrocarbons a continuous monitoring system has been provided and sensors are

located at various locations in the storage area. Fire alarm system also has been provided in the

tank farm area, having the panel centrally located in the Fire Unit to know exactly the location of

fire, in case of such emergency. All necessary firefighting arrangements have been provided in the

storage area to combat fire emergencies.

Assembly Point: In affected and vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not assigned

any emergency duty) will be evacuated from the area and they shall report to specified assembly

points. Assembly Points has been located at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least

affected by the down wind direction.

List of Permanent Assembly Point: i. Factory Gate.



ii. A-IV FNC Gate.

iii. Entry Gate.

iv. Marketing Gate

v. Railway Wicket Gate.

Figure 7.6 Permanent Assembly points in GSFC

List of Temporary Assembly Point i. Common entrance road of atmospheric Ammonia storage tanks

ii. Near HAS/Lactam(CEP) control room entrance

iii. Caprolactam-II Canteen entrance

iv. On the road outside UDHE building

v. Scrap Yard & WSF,SAG,SAL Projects

vi. Anone (CEP) Control Room entrance towards plant

vii. Entrance of new ETP (For new ETP, NTO, Gate)

viii. Near Shift Engineer‘s Office (old BOD)

ix. Caprolactam-I Control room entrance towards HX/MEK-O plant

x. Water Treatment-I Control room entrance

xi. Caprolactam Entrance – Truck loading point

xii. On the road near LSHS Tankfarm

xiii. Between New Nylon-6 plant and N-6 building entrance

xiv. On the road near Safety Unit

xv. Entrance of Fire unit

xvi. Co-generation – I/II Control Room building entrance

xvii. Co-generation-III Control Room building entrance

xviii. On road near Sulphur silo in front of SA-IV

xix. SA-IV Control room entrance

xx. Ammonia Maintenance office block

xxi. Ammonia-I Control Entrance towards road

xxii. Near Main road between Urea-I & Urea-II



xxiii. Melamine-II Control room building entrance

xxiv. Melamine Bagging unit entrance

xxv. Urea Bagging entrance on road

xxvi. Logistic office near Urea bagging

xxvii. A-III FW Pump House, HWP Gate

xxviii. On the road near Ammonia-IV Control Room

xxix. Entrance of Ammonia-IV office block

xxx. OSG Plant Corner

xxxi. Central Canteen Entrance

xxxii. Workshop (Near Auto Section)

xxxiii. Main Time Office

xxxiv. ADC Entrance

xxxv. ADM building porch

Emergency Control Center (ECC): The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from

where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Safe and easily

approachable room has been earmarked/identified as the Emergency Control Room. Telephone

and other facilities required with necessary documents shall be displayed in ECC for ready

reference. Designated trained personnel will operate ECC. In case of Major Emergency, the Site

Main Controller will operate from ECC. The ECC center is/will be equipped with the following

facilities.

Internal and external telephone including STD facility

Telephone directory/ Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers

First Aid

Muster roll of workers

Identity card register

Layout plan of the factory showing the location of hazardous materials, assembly point, first aid centers etc.

Map of surrounding area with fire extinguishers location

M.S.D.S

Copy of ON SITE / OFF SITE PLAN /SOP

Stationeries like- note book, pen, pencils etc.

S.B. Apparatus

List of Government Agencies /Local press agencies with phone no.

Sand Buckets & Hydrant Network

Adequate numbers of PPE's

Fire Control Arrangements for AS-1 (Fire Fighting, Gas Leak Control and Rescue Operation) Fire is classified in following three classes. The appropriate fire extinguishers are used to extinguish

the different class of fire.

Class A: General Fire - Cotton Waste, Paper, Rubbish and Scrap: water, ABC powder type

Class B: liquid Fire - All solvents, Resin, Paints, LDO, HSD: Mechanical foam, ABC type

Class C: Gaseous /Electrical fire - Gaseous fire and panels etc.: CO2, DCP/ABC

Sufficient number of fire hydrant valves and riser valves is being arranged to fulfill fire extinguishing

need of the plant. Apart from this, fire extinguishers are kept at various locations inside plant and

those already hydrostatically tested and refilled at intervals as specified by statutory body.

Water Hydrant

Dry chemical powder type



CO2 type

Fire drill is/will be carried out periodically by all the security guards apart from safety persons to

keep plant personnel ready fortnightly. Sufficient amount of firefighting water is always stored in

storage tank for firefighting works. In case of power failure, diesel driven fire engine pump has

arranged to generate the power for emergency lighting and to run water pump.

Safety Awareness among the workers Security guards who act as firemen during fire emergency are trained, retrained and refreshed on

regular basis. Safety professional is sent for external training and some training program also

conducted at works site by external experts of the field. Training programs on safety aspects with

special attention to firefighting are regular feature of company. Plant organizes 3-4 sessions every

month on safety aspects and cover good number of workmen in these programs. All these training

programs would at least include the following:

Lectures

Seminars and workshop

Practical Exercises

Distribution and practice safety instructions

Safety quiz contests/competitions for individual as also for groups

Display of safety posters and safety slogans at convenient and conspicuous places.

Explanation of instructions (in the language easily understood by workers) about the

possible hazards involved in handling of chemicals ad methods to deal with such hazards

failing which possible emergency situation are likely to arise.

Developing safety instructions for every job and ensuring practice to these instructions/

booklets or manuals by workers.

Educating workers about the physical and health hazards arising out from the exposure of

handling substance.

Measures taken to ensure safety and control physical and health hazards.

Measures to be taken by workers to ensure safe handling, loading and unloading.

Storage and transportation of hazardous substances.

Meaning of various labels and marking used on containers of hazardous substances and to

whom to report.

Measures to be taken in case of any spillage or leakage.

7.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY (OHS) Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. has already prepared the Occupational Health

Surveillance Program which shall be followed right from the project construction & erection phase

and the same shall be updated for the upcoming new facility, if required. The details of the same

are described in the following sections.

7.10.1 Occupational Health Occupational health needs attention both during construction and erection and operation &

maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above

phases.



7.10.2 Hospital Facilities /Factory Medical Officer & OHC Company has/will make formal agreements with nearby hospitals having facilities to attend fire

and toxic effect cases, emergency cases, attending the affected persons in the emergency arising out of accidents, if any, etc.

A qualified doctor is/will be appointed as FMO on retainer ship basis. Apart from him, required medical facilities applicable as per Factories Act shall also be made available.

All types of first aid related accessories, Medicines & Antidotes as prescribed by FMO, etc. shall be made available at conspicuous locations.

7.10.3 Ambulance Van & First Aid Box An Emergency Vehicle shall be made available round the clock to be used as an Ambulance during

emergency. First Aid Boxes is/will be made available at Security gate, emergency room, ETP and

process plants. Training is/will be given to employees for First Aid.

7.10.4 Plan for Periodic Medical Checkup Periodic Medical Examination should be conducted as per the following schedule;

Workers employed should be examined by a Qualified Medical Practitioner/ Factory Medical

Officer, in the following manner:

Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person.

During employment, every six months (blood and physical examination) as per Gujarat Factories Rules, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the particular job.

7.10.5 Details of Occupational Health Impacts and Safety Hazards Occupational Hazards Identification Occupational Health Impacts Exposure to Toxic and Corrosive Chemicals Toxication, Irritation, Exposure to Chemical Dust, Spillage/ leakage, Overflow

Severe irritation to eyes and skin, Respiratory disorder, Fatality, etc.

Slip/trip, fall, electric shock, etc. Body Injury, Burns, Skin sensitization, Fall Injury, Electrocution, Damage to nearby equipment‘s, Fatality, etc.

Mitigation measures/ Safety Measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards are mentioned

in additional studies. In addition to these safety measures, personal protective equipment (IS

approved) will also be provided to the required personnel.

7.10.6 Safety Trainings and Mock Drills Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid and all Safety Aspects) shall be provided

every 15 days by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members called from other

Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor

labors will also be given safety training. To create safety awareness, safety films shall be shown to

workers and leaflets shall be distributed.

7.10.7 Mock Drills To evaluate the effectiveness of emergency preparedness and to spread the awareness among

employees mock drill will be carried out at the interval of every six months. After completion of the

mock drill, summary report shall be made and corrections will be done if any weakness has been

observed. GSFC is having Mutual Aid Scheme with Gujarat Refinery and RIL. Fire Services from

Gujarat Refinery and RIL shall be summoned at least during any one Mock drill by Fire unit.

Frequency of Mock Drills

On-site emergency: Once every 6 months.

Off-site emergency: Once every year .



7.10.8 Work Place Monitoring Plan Work zone monitoring will be carried out by independent competent third party every month.

Records will be kept as per Gujarat Factories Rules. Location for samplings shall be identified.

ambient air & noise monitoring shall be done as per GPCB Consent to operate requirements.

Following information will be incorporated in the format for maintaining records of work zone

monitoring:

Location/ Operation monitored

Identified contaminant

Sampling instrument used

Number of Samples

Range of contaminant concentration as measured in sample.

Average concentration

TWA concentration of contaminant (As given in Second Schedule of Factories Act).

Reference method used for analysis.

Number of workers exposed at the location being monitored.

Signature of the person taking samples.

Other relevant details.

Following action plan is/will be prepared and followed to monitor the occupational injury to workers:

Each workplace is/will be evaluated for the existing work conditions.

Unsafe Act and Unsafe Practices is/will be identified.

Unsafe equipment‘s, unsafe areas, etc. is/will be identified.

Area will be checked for proper Ventilation and Illumination.

Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals is/will be measured and records will be kept.

Evaluation of training and on the job work. Impact of the above mentioned unsafe conditions on workers will be studied and remedial

measures for the same will be adopted.

7.11 SUMMARY Additional studies have been carried out as per the ToR. Public hearing is not applicable for

Expansion in Existing Plant Facility (AS-I) for production of Ammonium Sulphate by Gujarat State

Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd. as this project is located in Notified Industrial Area declared under

Gujarat Industrial Act 1962 vide Government of Gujarat I.M.E.D Notification No. GHU-87-46-GID-

1686(i) 2338(GI) dated 31st August 1987 and as per OM J-11011/321/2016-IA.II (I) dated 27th April

2018. Qualitative and Quantitative both risk has been analyzed. Storage and handling of sulphuric

acid and ammonia have been considered for qualitative risk assessment. Risk Assessment and

hazard identification and control measures of the same have been carried out. GSFC has

developed emergency preparedness plan and Disaster Management Plan. Fire alarm panel

(electrical) will cover the entire plant. The fire protection system for the unit is being/will be

provided for early detection, alarm, containment and suppression of fires. The Occupational Health

Centre with adequate facilities are/will available at plant site to maintained round the clock by a

compounder cum dresser and a doctor. All records of On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan are

being/shall be well maintained and preserved.



8 PROJECT BENEFITS 8.0 GENERAL This chapter gives information on direct and indirect benefits to the environment, nation and

proponent. The proposed expansion in Existing Plant Facility (AS-I) for production of Ammonium

Sulphate will generate new employment opportunity, which will have beneficial impact and will

improve the local economies to the area in terms of physical, ecological and biological and other

tangible benefits. Socio-economic status of the region will definitely improve due to flow of

money to nearby villages.

8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS GSFC has developed banking facility, School, University, Library, Hospital, parks recreations

center, shopping complex, temple, post office, Sport facilities, internal road and its maintenance

for the improvement of nearby area. Also GSFC has developed rain water harvesting structures

and ponds to store rain water. GSFC also supplying water to nearby villagers.

School & Computer Library facility within the Premises

Medical Health Centre and 24 Hr Ambulance Facility



8.2 ECOLOGICAL BENEFITS The project proponent has established a Horticulture Department for mass plantation activities.

Road Side Plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increase shady area,

increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. Extensive plantation has

already been developed around GSFC complex and GSFC Township during the implementation

of existing project.

8.3 SOCIAL BENEFITS GSFC is /will be undertaking activities for the upliftment of the social community through

community development in various ways as under:

Education;

Drinking water facilities;

Health;

Employment Avenues;

Others.

Education Running of school and university;

Promotion of Adult Education program.

Water (Drinking Water Facilities)

Providing water to nearby villages;

Implemented and maintained water harvested structure.

Health Health care center and ambulance facility is being/ will be promoted;

Awareness to improve health and hygiene standards;

Arranging medical camp.

Employment Avenues The company will generate direct and indirect employment. Preference will be given to

the local people for employment based on their educational qualifications and

experience.

Apprentice Training is being provided regularly.

Others Supplementing Govt. efforts in health monitoring camps, social welfare and various

Awareness programs among the rural population.

8.3.1 Social Activity carried out by GSFC Identifying the Stakeholders and engaging with them through multiple channels in order

to hear what they have to say about our products and services are essential parts of our

sustainability plan. The health and wellbeing of the communities has always been an

important facet of our Company‘s operations. Our Company extends its social

responsibility beyond the statute book and by engaging in strategic and trust based

community development interventions.



While our CSR approach focuses on the development of communities around the vicinity

of our plants and beyond, we have also developed innovative programmes that leverage

our capabilities as a fertilizer and chemical company to ensure equitable distribution of

its fertilizers as per Govt. supply plan, thus adding value to the food security of the

Nation. While on chemical business plan, the Company strives to touch all walks of life to

make a comfortable living.

Three schools at our Vadodara, Sikka and Fibre unit in which students from nearby

communities are enrolled. Company has tied up with TENVIC Sports Pvt. Ltd., a reputed

agency for improving the sports talent amongst the schools run by GSFC at its Vadodara

and Fibre Unit and Akshar Trust, a school for deaf and mute children. Karate training is

conducted with emphasis on girl students to empower them. We are working with

government schools to develop students through coaching in English and Maths.

GSFC does give special attention to disadvantaged stakeholders as evident from Special

Children Centre established at Chhani. We provide safe drinking water to four nearby

villages. Rejuvenation of Ajwa Garden is a project which not only ensures benefit to

society but helps maintain ecological balance. We ensure support to NGOs that are

doing excellent for upliftment of the communities but lack resources like United Way of

Baroda, Art and Culture Foundation, SVADES etc.

CSR initiatives are undertaken in coordination with government where we are not able to

reach the communities in need; recently GSFC contributed for CM‘s relief fund for the

victims of Banaskatha floods. The details of initiatives taken by our Company in the area

of community and society development have been provided in the Corporate Social

Responsibility which is part of the Annual Report.

In nutshell it fulfils the vision of company‘s CSR Policy, which is to commit and to

integrate its business values, ethics and professional skills to meet the expectations of all

our stakeholders by developing, encouraging and supporting various social and

economic initiatives, without any duplication of government policies, through our

industrial expertise for Sustainable Development.

Company has specified programme as a CSR Activities which has been the part of core

business philosophy at GSFC ever since its inception. Today, company has developed

CSR as a very special concept to promote the overall development, progress and

betterment of people belonging to the weaker sections of society with a view to improve

‗Human Development Index‘ (HDI) with core areas like education, environment, health

and sanitation, improvement in nutrition level, support to NGOs, rural development

(social & infrastructural), industry-academic interface, support during natural calamities

and various other in-house projects.

The CSR projects at GSFC are undertaken through the ideal blend of in-house as well

as support of specialized implementing agencies/NGOs. Company has carried out the

impact assessment of its CSR initiative. The contribution towards CSR for the F.Y.

2017-18 was to the tune of Rs 09.48 Crores. GSFC is not restricting to 2% as mandated

to achieve its CSR objectives; which is clearly shown in detail as CSR report forming part

of the Director‘s Report.



Company believes in hand holding with a view to develop the beneficiary in such a way

that there is self-sufficiency over a period and the project is handed over. One such

example is Contribution to Mid-Day-Meal Scheme through The Akshaya Patra

Foundation, where GSFC has supported for capital expenditure plus running expenditure

for five years and then project has started showing its fruitful results on its own.

GSFC University is insightful CSR initiative from GSFC with a vision to boost quality

education needs and eco-friendly technology for urban sustainability. Cutting- edge skill

dissemination with a drive to facilitate state-of the art infrastructure and technology for

academic pursuits and to fulfil industry requirements to supplement and nourish region‘s

landscape of learning and research is the idea behind establishing this academic

institute with industrial support. It is an innovative step towards preparing youth

interested in joining the mainstream of development, by moulding their minds, expanding

their comfort zones and boosting confidence to deliver quality results all backed by digital

knowledge with online course material.

Women development Mid day meal

Farmers Toll free services, awareness and other facilities



Nursery

Medical Health Camp

Sports Activity at GSFC Complex

Table 8.1 Funds utilized Under Corporate Social Responsibility (from 2014- 2018)

Year Health Education Drinking Water

Skill Develop

-ment

Community

Development

Support to MDM Total (Rs.)

2014-2015

6150000 107331000 1750000 19626000 10688000 145545000

2015-2016

26180000 38140000 9280985 43111015 5500000 122212000

2016-2017

7324000 63274000 9700000 3000000 26696071 109994071 219988142



2017-2018

114766292 7154608 32457526 154378426 308756852

Total 39654000 323511292 27885593 3000000 121890612 280560497 796501994

Note: GSFC is working on CSR projects since its inception. Initially all the activities were undertaken by

respective departments due to which a consolidated data is not available. Drinking water details can be

received from Utility Dept., Donation from CC Dept., Health from Medical Centre etc. In the above

mentioned table we have done many skill development programmes through SVADES. Some projects

were handed over to mother organisation hence details are not available in other years.

8.3.2 Employment Potential During the operation of existing GSFC complex about 5000 Nos. of manpower is being

employed. After expansion total man power will be 5050 in operation phase.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS Project will gain income and upsurge the turnover of GSFC.

Employment opportunities would increase directly.

Fertilizer availability would increase at the local, regional, national and even international

level.

Due to avenues for ancillary industries and increased business opportunities, overall

regional economic status would be elevated.

Migration of the local people will decrease in search of employment.

Government will earn valuable foreign exchange through export.

Government will earn huge revenue by way of various taxes and levies and transportation.

8.5 SUMMARY The project activity and the management are being/will support the local villagers and provide

other forms of assistance for the development of public amenities in this region. The

management will recruit skilled and unskilled workers from the nearby villages. At present there

are 5000 people involved in operation phase. After expansion, total man power will be 5050 in

operation phase. During construction phase, 50 workers will be employed by GSFC. GSFC has

spent approx. Rs. 79.0 Crores under CSR activities since last four years. Housing facilities,

transportation, medical, educational and other civic amenities will get a boost in future. This is

envisaged as a major positive benefit to this area.



9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9.0 GENERAL Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) is an analytical way to make an educated decision

regarding the commencement of an industrial activity or similar trade/commercial/infrastructure

activity. This involves a comparison of the costs of an action with considerations of the benefits

associated with that action. CBA assists the regulators to evaluate the benefits and challenges

imposed by the upcoming activity in commercial terms with respective to the impact on the

environmental scenario such as human wellbeing, quality of life and environmental wellbeing.

An important component of a CBA is a base situation which is a situation when no changes take

place. All decisions are then compared to the base situation. Once the base and a relevant time

period are established, benefits and costs can be calculated in terms of human and environmental

well-being. In this case, a benefit is defined as anything that increases human well-being, and a cost

is anything that decreases it. CBA aims to maximize economic efficiency at a point where marginal

benefits and marginal costs are equal.

9.1 APPLICABILITY OF CBA AND SUMMARY During the scoping/ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was

suggested by the appraisal committee. Hence, conducting a detailed CBA is deemed not necessary

for this particular project.



10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.0 GENERAL

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) constitutes an important part of the EIA report. The

main purpose of EMP is to minimize the identified potential environmental impacts to be generated

from the proposed project and to mitigate the consequences. GSFC, on basis of the impacts

identified, sets targets to reduce the negative impacts, plans and decides action plan to achieve the

target effectively and efficiently. EMP ensures an effective implementation methodology and

alternatives for mitigation measures planned/recommended to reduce or eliminate the adverse

impacts to maximum possible extent during the operation of the proposed project.

10.1 PERSISTENCE As mentioned in earlier section, EMP is a system to address potential adverse impacts, to instruct

project proponent to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project activities.

Following are long-term objectives of the Environmental Management Plan for all the environmental

attributes:

To comply with all the regulations stipulated by Central/State Pollution Control Board related

to applicable laws.

To create good working conditions.

To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of achieving

environment standards and to improve methods of environment management.

Streamline environmental activities to add value to efficiency and effectiveness.

To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual employees

and contractors.

To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement.

To contribute significantly for sustainable development.

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN GSFC has already developed complete industrial infrastructure i.e. Plant building, Raw material


within 174.7 Hectare. For proposed expansion of Ammonium Sulphate plant, land along with plant

infrastructure is already available in existing GSFC complex only one control room will be

constructed. Hence no major pollution will be occurred due to construction of control room.

10.3 EMP FOR OPERATION PHASE The industry is being/shall maintain comprehensive environment management plan in place for the

AS-I unit which shall covers all the environment protection measures to mitigate improvised

environmental impact.

10.3.1 Water Environment During operation phase, fresh water requirement of 39.0 KLD will be met through French well (4

Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own source). Sewage (2.0 KLD) will be generated from staff and will

be disposed off through septic tank/soak pit . Wastewater generation is worked out based on

maximum pollution load. Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate will be sent

to Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in process. No additional effluent will be sent out of company

premises. Wastewater generation from proposed plant is mentioned in Table 10.1



Table 10.1: Waste water Generation from AS-1 Plant # Activity Waste Water

Generation in KLD Treatment / remarks

1. Domestic 2.0 KLD (Sewage ) Treated in existing septic tank/soak pit

2. Industrial

Steam condensate /

Process condensate

337 KLD 312 KLD with in proposed plant (AS-I) will

be recycled in process and balance 25 KLD

will be sent to Phosphoric Acid plant for

reuse. Hence, complete recycle in plant

process.

Treated waste water -- Sent to Phosphoric Acid plant. For reuse in

dust suppression/process hence, complete

recycle in plant process.

CT blow down 48 KLD

Net Total 0 No additional effluent will be sent out of

company premises.

Figure10.1: Flow Diagram of Water Balance

All the effluent water from process shall be reused and utilized fully in the phosphoric acid plant for

processing. No water from process shall be discharged outside the company premises.



10.3.2 Air Environment The baseline ambient air quality monitoring carried out during study period of 1st March 2018 to 31st

May 2018 of 10 Km study area. The study clearly reveals that the concentrations of PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx, etc. within the study area are well within the prescribed limits as per the National

Ambient Air Quality Standards. The major sources of air emissions from the proposed projects

include non-point sources emissions and point source emissions.

Air emission (flue gases stack and process emission), nature of emitted pollutants and system

provided for air pollution control in Proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant is mentioned in following

table:

Flue Gas Emission from AS-1 plant There will be no flue gas emission as Natural Gas will be used as fuel in the dryer which is a clean

fuel.

Process Gas Emission from AS-1 plant

# Description Process Emission After Expansion

1. Stack Attached to Attached to dryer.

2. Stack Height (m) 21

3. Diameter 0.56 m

4. Nature of Pollutants PM<150 mg/Nm3

5. Emissions control system Cyclone separator is already in place to control particulate matter emission. Moreover, online monitoring system shall be installed for PM and will be connected to CPCB & GPCB server. Natural Gas is used as fuel in the dryer which is a clean fuel.

6. MOC SS-304

10.3.3 Solid / Hazardous Waste Management No Solid waste generation from proposed Ammonium Sulphate-I plant except used oil. 640.0

L/annum used oil will be stored in drums separately and sell to registered refinery. Management of

wastes is being/shall be done as per Hazardous and other waste (Management and Trans-boundary

Movement), Rules 2016 of Environment Protection Act, 1986. Management will maintain the records

of waste generation and disposal as per the statutory requirement.

10.3.4 Noise Management Noise generation from production activities and plant equipments/machineries will be confined

within plant boundary. As discussed in chapter – 4, there will be no significant impacts on noise

environment due to the proposed project. Noise level within the plant premises will be measured

regularly and will try to maintain range within permissible limit.

However, following is the management plan to minimize/eliminate any noise impacts:

Acoustic enclosures wherever possible is being/will be provided for abatement of noise from

equipments/machineries in plant.

Silencers or mufflers, anti-vibrating pads is being/will be provided.



PPE like ear muffs, ear plug is being /will be provided to worker who works near noise area.

Utmost care is being /will be taken at the time of equipments/machinery installation to prevent

noise and vibration.

Greenbelt acts as a noise barrier and restricts noise propagation outside the premises. GSFC

has already been developed 32.8 Ha. area as a greenbelt within the factory premises and

85.9 Ha. area in colony and outside area.

Strict instruction to all the vehicles entering in plant premises not to blow horn unnecessarily

and exceed the speed limit.

10.3.5 Kitchen Waste Management Food waste generated from canteen is treated in the compost pit. Moreover, GSFC has recently

installed compost machine for the same for Entire GSFC Complex.

10.3.6 Co processing of Hazardous Waste Spent resin is disposed through Co-processing route for entire GSFC Complex.

10.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) is an area concerned with the safety, health and welfare of

persons engaged in work or employment. Main aim of occupational safety and health plan is to

foster a safe and healthy work environment, which may also protect co-workers, family members,

employers, customers, and many others who might be affected by the workplace environment. OHS

is widely referred as occupational health, occupational and non-occupational safety includes safety

for activities outside work. GSFC is awarded ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System, ISO

14001:2015 Environment Management system, BS OHSAS 18001:2007 Occupational Health and

Safety Management System and ISO 50001:2011 Energy Management Certification for Baroda

Unit.

Personnel protective equipment such as safety shoes, safety goggles, hand gloves, gum

boots, safety helmet, airline mask, and breathing apparatus set kit is being/will be given to all

workers and staff. Additional PPEs is being/will be readily available at the workplace.

Fire Fighting facilities and fire hydrants is being/will be provided.

On site – Off site emergency plan has been prepared.

Periodic medical check-ups is being/will be carried out for staff personnel as per GFR

guidelines and records shall be maintained.

Safety awareness programs is being/will be conducted regularly for workers and contractors

associated with the industry.

Construction Phase The management shall ensure that all workers/employees are provided with basic PPEs like

ear plug/muff, safety helmet, face mask, safety gloves, safety goggles, safety shoes etc.

PPEs will be properly checked before providing to the workers.

It shall also be ensured that all the safety equipment are placed properly and are available

instantaneously when required.

Safety and first aid facility will be provided to the workers/employees engaged in construction

activities.



Necessary safety training will be imparted to unskilled workers/ trainee employees in various

aspects, viz. handling of the materials, precautionary measures to be taken while working,

how to use the safety equipment, etc. to minimize the chances of any accidental mishaps.

Adequate and basic sanitary facilities like drinking water, toilet, etc. will be provided to

laborers.

Arrangements for medical facilities will also be made in case of any disturbance in

health/accident during the course of construction work.

Operation Phase GSFC has its own Medical Centre and periodical medical checkup carried out regularly. Apart from

that, there is tie up with nearby hospitals in Vadodara city.

Safety training is being/ will be provided to the employees

Safety sirens with alarm system in case of emergency is being/ will be provided

Emergency control room is already established

Firefighting network including fire extinguishers, fire hydrant system etc. covering entire plant is

being/ will be provided

First aid boxes at appropriate place and safety training is being/ will be provided

Personal protective gears and equipment is being/ will be provided to the employees

Health checkups is being/ will be organized at regular intervals

All firefighting equipment and warning devices is being/ will be kept in perfect working conditions

at all the times.

All safety and health precaution is being/ will be taken, although workplace monitoring for NH3,

PM is suggested to identify any adverse health effect on workers

Housekeeping Proper housekeeping is an essential part of sound environmental management. It is/will be

rigorously seen that there is no accumulation of wastes, especially combustible wastes inside the

plant area. Regular maintenance of greenbelt area is/ will help to reduce to dusting and noise level

around the plant.

10.5 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY (CER) Better education facilities, proper health care, drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for

better living standard of any human being. GSFC already initiated the social activities listed in

chapter 8 either by providing or by improving the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the

living standards of local communities. The activities are under implementation at existing plant

detailed CSR are given in Chapter-8 of the report. The existing social activities will be further

strengthened under proposed expansion. As per the Office Memorandum F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III

dated 01/05/2018. Hence, the 1.0% of project cost should be allocated for CER. A budget of Rs. 8.75 Lakhs is allocated for Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) under proposed

expansion project and will be implemented in next 3 years after implementation of project.

Table 10.2 Budget of CER S.No. ESC Activities Cost (Lakhs)

1. Infrastructure Facility for Drinking Water 8.75

2. Plantation in community areas



3. Skill Development as per ―Skill Council for Green Jobs

4. Awareness to local farmers to increase yield of crop and

fodder

Total 8.75

10.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT Greenbelt areas have been proved to be an ideal place for diversified flora and fauna and it will

improve air quality within premises, act as barrier for noise propagation and also add aesthetic

beauty of the industrial area. GSFC has already develop 118.70 Hectares (more than 33%)

greenbelt area of total land i.e. 328 Ha. The company developed green belt along the periphery of

the plant site and in common premises available outside the company premises, township after

consultation with horticulture expert. Domestic species suitable for the local climatic conditions,

perennial and evergreen trees, Air pollution resistive plants will be considered to be planted in the

proposed greenbelt area.

Table 10.3: Details of Plantation in entire GSFC complex S. No. Particular Nos. Area (sqm.) Area (acre)

1. Garden

a BL 52 55489

b OBL 39 257639

c Total 91 313128 78.28

2. Plantations a BL 63343 262903

b OBL 66401 275342

c Total 129744 538245 133.00

3. Orchard plantations a BL 406 10000

b OBL 3182 66033

c Total 3588 76033 18.80

4. Nursery 60000 14.80

5. Farm 24000 6.00

6. Roadside 9578 104120 26.03

7. Plantations in residents quarter garden 36000 72000 18

Total Area under vegetation/greenbelt 294.91

BL: Boundary Line, OBL: Outside Boundary Line

Regular monitoring and care is/will be taken with all necessary works like thick plantation, re-

plantation (if required), pest control and other allied factors to achieve adequate growth of

greenbelt.

Road Side Tree

Ornamental plants

Palm Plants

Fruit Plants

Flowering Plants

Medicinal Plants

Cactus Bulb Creepers

Arjun (Sadad)

Alocassia Areca palm

Almond Aboli Ajamo Grafted Cana Alamenda

Ashoka Acalipha Bismakia Coconut Adenium Alovera Euphorb Lily Bignonia

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Air_quality



ia Venusta

Bakam Neem

Aglonima Chamedoria

Custrud apple

Bahumia Ardushi Self rooted

- Clero-dendron

Banyan Plant

Alpinia Rubra

Cycus Guava Bouganveil

Aspergus succulent

- Madhumalti

Billi Alpinia Varigated

Fishtail Italian lemon

Cordia Baheda - - Money plant

Borasalli Arelia Foxtail Jamun cuphia Black pepeer

- - Vadellia

Champo Bamboo Grass

Jambia Kagdilemon

Dadlicanthus

Brahmi - - Thumbergia

grandiflora

Garmalo Birbaljia Kentia Mango Dayking Bryophylum

- - Parda veil

Gulmohar Brassia Latina Sapota Deshi rose Fudino - - Jeemonsia

Gultora Chlorophytum

Nolino Sarbati lemon

Devchakli Har sankal

- - Vedellia creeper

Jerul Chocholate Plant

Phoenix setur Galphemia Kadi neemkariy

atu

- - -

Kadam Coleus Pichardia - Gardenia Kevdo - - - Mahogani Cordyline

Atropurpurea

Raffis - Garbera Lindi paper

- - -

Neem Croton Royal - Gulmahedi Nagarveil - - - Paltoforum Diphanbacci

a Shampion - Hibiscus Parijatak - - -

Pendula Dreacena Table - Ixora Stevia - - - Pipal Eranthemu

m Thraix - Jasmine Tulsi - - -

Putranjiva Exoclodia Bichor

Traveller - Jetropha - - - -

Saliparni Fern Triangle - Jui - - - - Saptaparni Ficus umbrella - Kamini - - - -

Saru Umedo

Furkeria - - Lantana - - - -

- Golden duranta

- - Musanda - - - -

- Graptophylum

- - Nerium - - - -

- Helicornia - - Pentas - - - - - Hemisghrap

his - - Plumbego

capensis - - - -

- - - - Ratrani - - - -

The required green belt is already in place i.e. more than 33% of total plot area. However, GSFC

has planned to plant sapling of 500 each year for density and survival of the other trees under

Central Green Belt Program. Hence, no need of the separate budget for the green belt

development plan for AS-I has been proposed.

10.7 RESOURCES CONSERVATION

10.7.1 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) Rain Water can be harvested either storing in containers for ready use or charged into soil for

withdrawal later i.e. ground water recharging. Rain Water Harvesting System exists at the Guest



House, Science Foundation Building and Township‘s residential areas with well water recharging,

Roof Top Rain Water Harvesting and Rain water harvesting ponds. Further to this, GSFC has

constructed 16 water harvesting structure (Recharge well & Furrat system) in phase manner in

2009 & 2012. The filtrations rate is in the in the range of 65-70 M3/ Hr. of each wells. Four ponds

have also been dug out to store the rain water runoff and percolate the same.

Furrat System Recharge Well

Figure 10.2: Photos showing Rain Water Harvesting

10.7.2 Energy Conservation Electricity will be used during construction phase to provide power to the construction equipment,

lighting of buildings and operation of utilities equipment‘s. Electricity consumption will be

economized to the extent possible by adopting electricity conservation measures.

Also, for conservation of energy during various stages of the implementation of the project,

following measures shall be adopted:

Purchase of energy efficient appliances,

Promoting use of renewable energy, wherever possible and viable

Implementation of ‗switch off when not in use‘ policy,

Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired

comfort levels,

Energy conservation measures are considered by utilization of Low pressure steam in

Evaporator (E-301), which was vented in Ammonia-IV plant in GSFC complex. Moreover,

process is having multi effect evaporator system for optimum utilization of energy Promoting

awareness on energy conservation within the premises and usage of solar heaters

Training staff on methods of energy conservation and to be vigilant to such opportunities.

10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) Environmental Management Plan (EMP) refers to the management of an organization's

environmental programs in a comprehensive, systematic, planned and documented manner. It

includes the organizational structure, planning and resources for developing, implementing and

maintaining policy for environmental protection. GSFC is being/shall formulate an Environmental

and Safety Management Cell (EMC) as an integrated managerial body from various disciplines to

co-ordinate the project activities concerned with implementation of environment control measures



and management. Members of EMC is/will be responsible for effective implementation of an EMP.

EMC members is/will be assigned with various specific duties and authority to ensure good

environmental quality, safe working condition as well as effective implementation of environmental

management plan, safety protocols/procedures etc. EMC is/will undertake the monitoring of

environment pollution level by measuring stack emissions, ambient air quality, water and effluent

quality, noise level, etc. by appointing external agency. They are/will maintain the contact

documents of outside emergency services and update the same on regular basis. This cell is/will

also take care of environmental and safety management activities. The company has system of

reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the

company. EMC is formed along with hierarchical system of the company EMC structure as shown

below:

Figure 10.3 Organogram of Environment Management Cell The EHS is/will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safety related systems

which include:

Checking of safety related operating conditions.

Visual inspection of safety equipment.

Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work specifying

different maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed.

Other responsibilities of the cell include:

Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. A GPCB registered agency will be retained

to generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare

the Environmental Audit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization

(CC&A) will also be taken care of.



Submitting environmental monitoring report to GPCB. Data monitored by the cell will be

submitted to the Board regularly and as per the requirement of GPCB. The cell will also take

mitigative or corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.

Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of

monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and

protection.

Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety

practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be responsible for the identification

of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on corrective actions,

organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related

to occupational safety and health.

Conducting safety and health audits to ensure that recommended safety and health

measures are followed.

Table 10.4 Responsibility of Environment Management Cell Level

Responsibility

DA - 4 Overall responsibility of Instrumentation, Civil & Electrical of all plants as well as production and mech. maintenance of Utility, Env. Control & Cogeneration Dept., Energy Management Cell.

Co-ordination with various plants for control of the levels of pollution in the effluents to ensure that regulatory requirements are met.

Enforces operational control to produce and supply quality steam to all the operating plants. Responsible for ensuring continuous and uninterrupted supply of steam and other utilities as per the required quality to all other plants of GSFC complex, to meet complex power requirement.

Co-ordinates with statutory IBR authorities.

To submit periodical information and fulfill formalities with various legal agencies and seek "Consent/No Objection Certificate" approvals on new projects etc. To liaise with interested/concerned legal authorities.

To monitor environmental performance of entire complex on day to day basis and appraise management for timely corrective action/decision.

To ensure updation of List of Environmental Legislation relevant of GSFC.

To ensure testing of various effluent samples and verify compliance with regulatory requirements.

Responsible for effective implementation of IMS of the plants under his control.

Reviews on regular basis the production performance, ensures effective implementation of corrective and preventive action proposals for improvement of process performance and product quality.

Reviews effectiveness of the Quality, Energy, Environmental and Occupational Health & Safety Management system in the operation of the plants.

Authorized to take disposition action for non-conforming products and Ensures effective implementation of corrective and preventive action proposals.

Emphasizes & Ensures optimal use of energy and natural resources in the operation and operational safety and maintenance of clean environment.

Monitors and control major modification schemes and break down/emergency situations.

Decides import substitution and responsible for inventory control/management.

Responsible for safety of installations and safety and occupational health of people working in the group.

Ensures implementation of Management Programmes (MPs) and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for the plants under his area.

Responsible for compliance of environmental norms and verify implementation of solution to environmental problems.

To initiate continual improvement plan for prevention of environment taking into account of best proven technology available.



ULA - 1

Co-ordination with various plants for control of the levels of pollution to ensure that regulatory requirements are met.

Liaison with interested/concerned legal authorities for SHE functions.

To submit periodical information and fulfill formalities with various legal agencies and seek "Consent/No Objection Certificate" approvals on new projects etc.

To monitor environmental performance of entire complex on day-to-day basis and appraise management for timely corrective action/decision.

To ensure updation of List of SHE Legislation relevant to GSFC.

Responsible for effective implementation of IMS of the plants under his control.

Authorized to take disposition action for non-conforming products and Ensures effective implementation of corrective and preventive action proposals.

Emphasizes optimal use of energy and natural resources in the operation.

Emphasizes operational safety and maintenance of clean environment.

Analyze and implement actions, if required, to address customer complaints

Establishes systems and procedures to conduct maintenance activities as per norms set to ensure quality, environment, occupational health, safety, energy and protection of equipment.

Monitors and control major modification schemes and break down/emergency situations. Decides import substitution and responsible for inventory control/management.

Responsible for safety of installations and safety and occupational health of people working in the group.

Ensures implementation of Management Programs (MPs) and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for the plants under his area.

Responsible for compliance of environmental norms and verify implementation of solution to environmental problems.

To initiate continual improvement plan for prevention of environment taking into account of best proven technology available.

Direct responsibility for minor and major plant maintenance with reliability and ensures plant activities through engagement of the appropriate support services.

To make/aware contractors on IMS requirements

Preparation & Control, Financial Concurrences, Project Finance functions, Inventory Accounting, Finance related areas of FICC and Corporate Investment.

To make arrangement of fund for any emergency situation.

To ensure implementation of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) of his Dept.

ULA-2&5 As part of Environment Control Division, He is overall responsible for

Operation of Effluent Treatment Plants and Monitoring of pollutants.

Effluent Disposal System operation.

Effluent samples collection for monitoring by plant laboratory and central laboratory. Verify testing result‘s compliance with statutory requirements.

Liaison with statutory bodies like GPCB, CPCB, MoEF etc. for liquid, air and solid waste Management.

Renewal of GPCB consent orders for various operating plants and air emissions, waste water and solid discharge.

Preparation of Environment Audit Report for GPCB

Submission of different returns to Gujarat Pollution Control Board

Liaison with Vadodara Enviro Channel Limited (VECL) authorities for discharge of effluent in their common effluent channel.

Ambient and Stack Monitoring.

Collection and compilation of data for various awards.

Preparation of plant performance report for Env. Control dept.

Preparation of Modification schemes for the plant

Monitoring of the various raw effluent streams

Liaison with other plant concerned personnel for controlling pollution at source.

Liaison with Design department for plant modification and improvement.

To ensure effective implementation & maintenance & periodic review at IMS in the department

To motivate, guide personnel for effective follow-up of IMS documentation with respect to



MP for SOPs in line with company‘s IMS Policy

To ensure effective internal communication

To set new objectives and targets

Raise the indents for procurement of equipment/material of EC dept. and instruments for EC dept. as per delegation of authority by management.

Good housekeeping activities

Technical study of Environment Control Plant problems, reviewing of monitoring the quality of air, water & solid waste from various plants and effluent treatment plants, specific consumption of chemicals, etc. and to propose modifications and coordination with Design, PSIM & Operational group of plants for execution of the technical schemes and monitoring the performance of modification jobs.

CORE TEAM & NODAL TEAM MEMBERS

To monitor the progress of MP

To assist in implementation of SOPs

To ensure proper record management w.r.t. IMS implementation

To identify new areas of objectives and targets, critical process, process hazards and environment aspects.

ULA - 3

He is responsible for activities like :

Operation of Environment Control Treatment plant facilities, Monitoring of Environment Control Treatment facilities during the shift.

Operation of Effluent Disposal facilities, coordinating with other depts. During plant exigencies. Co-ordination with maintenance dept. for efficient operation of effluent treatment facilities.

During shift work he supervises following point duties of operators 1.0 BOD reduction plant : 2 point duties 2.0 Capro Expn. ETP : 2 point duties 3.0 New & Old Pump house : 3 point duties Sewage Treatment Plant

To exercise power over the staff for efficient operation of effluent collection, treatment and disposal.

Co-ordination activities during the shutdown jobs in the plant

ULA 4 To supervise proper implementation of MP and in particular SOPs.

To maintain IMS related record

To guide workers for proper IMS Communication

To follow the documented SOPs and report any deviation to Supervisor

WORK MAN

To follow general site safety rules and SOPs/Work permit condition.

To promptly report any hazard/process abnormality/ unsafe condition, unsafe practices, near miss or any accident in the nearest area incharge.

To use care and properly maintain the required PPEs and operating hand tools/machines. Not interfere / open any machine, tank, pipeline for which he is not authorized for.

Inform suggestion/concerns to immediate supervisor.

Not to bypass or undertake shortcuts.

Safe execution of the work.

In case of non-availability of any officers as mentioned in the organization chart due to leave or official assignments etc., the most senior officer in the next lower grade in that department will carry out the routine functions during that period. For any matter concerning the special issues he will get the approval of the higher grade officer while deciding in the matter.

10.9 BUDGET FOR EMP Proposed AS-1 plant cost is estimated to be Rs. 875.0 Lakhs which includes cost towards

machinery purchase and other facilities to be provided for environment management plan. Capital

cost of EMP estimates based on cost of air pollution control equipment, waste management facility,

greenbelt development & management plan, safety measures and other components of the EMP

shall be implemented along with the commissioning of the proposed project. Total Rs. 50.0 Lakhs

is allocated for Environmental control measures/Environmental management plan. To achieve the



prescribed norms for water, air and waste it is necessary to operate the EMP regularly. The

budgetary provision made for environmental management is briefly illustrated in table 10.5.

Table 10.5: Capital cost of Environmental Management Plan

S. No. Particulars Capital Cost (Lakhs)

Recurring Cost (Lakhs/annum)

1. Air Pollution Control Devices

50.00 1.50

2. Water Pollution Control

3. Occupational Health and Safety

4. Solid /hazardous waste disposal and Management

5. Green Belt Development

6. Online Monitoring System

Total 50.00 1.50

10.10 INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM POLICY ((Covering Responsible care, Quality, Environment, Occupational Health, Safety and Energy) Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Limited (GSFC), engaged in the business of Fertilizers,

Chemicals and industrial Products are committed to customer satisfaction, guiding principles of

Responsible Care and continual improvement in our integrated Management System and

performance.

To achieve this, we commit ourselves to:

Comply with all applicable legislation and other requirements to which we subscribe;

Conserve natural resource$ in particular water, raw materials and promote the development

of green surroundings;

Incorporate suitable technologies & method for improvement in quality, energy efficiency &

protection of environment including prevention of pollution and prevention of injury & ill

health.

Eliminate, minimize or control the environmental aspects as well as occupational health and

safety (OHS) hazards and risks;

Provide high degree of safety promotion and encourage safe behavior among all;

Proactively monitor the incidents, unsafe conditions, unsafe acts, hygiene as well as promptly

report and act on such conditions;

Ensuring availability of information and all necessary resources to achieve objectives &

targets Comply work procedures with self-discipline and hold everyone accountable for their

responsibility;

Promote & support procurement of energy efficient system and usage of renewable energy,

Wherever feasible;

Strengthen awareness, skills and competence of employees and contractors' workmen and

also foster dialogue with vendors, customers and community;

10.12 PLAN OF COMPLIENCE ON CREP GUIDELINE Proponent is regularly submitted the compliance status of corporate responsibility for environment protection. Point wise status is given below:



# Points of CREP Status

Wastewater Management 1 Efforts will be made for conservation of

water, particularly with a target to have consumption less than 8, 12 and 15 m3/tonne of urea produced for plant based on gas, naphtha and fuel oil, respectively. In case of plants using Naphtha and Gas both as feedstock, water consumption target of less than 10 m3/tonne will be achieved. An action plan for this will be submitted by June 2003 and targets will be achieved by March 2004.

Urea plants at GSFC utilize gas as feed stock.

The water consumption in Urea plants is 2.29

M3/MT for the year 2017-18, thus being within

the specified water consumption target set

under the action plan.

2 Use of arsenic for CO2 absorption in ammonia plants and chromate based chemicals for cooling systems, which is still continuing in some industries, will be phased out and replaced with non-arsenic and non-chromate systems by December 2003. In this regard, action plan will be submitted by June 2003.

GSFC‘s Ammonia-I & II plants were operating with arsenic as activator in the CO2 Removal System. The CO2 removal process of Ammonia-I plant was changed over to glycine based in 1978. Subsequently, Ammonia-I plant was stopped and revamped to Methanol Plant. After the commissioning of Ammonia-IV plant which uses non-arsenic process i.e. MDEA CO2 removal, Ammonia-II plant which only was using arsenic, was scrapped. Ammonia-III plant has GV based CO2 removal system The cooling water treatment systems at GSFC are non-chromate systems.

3

Adequate treatment for removal of oil, chromium (till non-chromate based cooling system is in place) and fluoride will be provided to meet the prescribed standards at the source (end of respective process unit) itself. Action plan will be firmed up by June 2003 for compliance by March 2004.

GSFC is having a system for removal of oil from effluents. The fluoride containing effluent from Phosphatic plants is totally recycled within the plant. Therefore, the effluents discharged from GSFC meet the standards for oil / chromate / fluoride prescribed by Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB). Avg. concentration of Oil, Total Chromium & Fluoride for the year 2017-18 is Nil, <0.02 &1.14mg/l as per third party analysis (M/s. Kadam).

4 Proper and complete nitrification and de-nitrification will be ensured, wherever such process is used for effluent treatment, by September 2003.

GSFC manufactures Urea, DAP, APS etc. and these do not generate NO-3 Nitrogen containing effluents. The liquid effluents discharged always meet the norms of Nitrate Nitrogen prescribed by GPCB.

5 Ground water monitoring around the storage facilities and beyond the factory premises will be carried out at regular intervals particularly for pH, fluoride. CPCB will finalize the guidelines for groundwater monitoring by December 2003.

Ground water monitoring carries out at nearby villages on quarterly basis for various parameters including pH & Fluorides etc. Third party result of sample collected on 04/01/18 shows pH value 7.35 to 7.88 and Fluoride conc. 0.3 to 0.55 mg/l.

6 No effluent arising from process plants and associated facilities will be discharged to the storm water drain. The quality of storm

Lean streams like cooling tower & boiler blow down are collected to pond through storm water channel and then discharged along with



water will be regularly monitored by all the industries.

treated effluent streams to common effluent channel of M/s. VECL for ultimate discharge to sea. The quality of total effluents discharged from GSFC which includes lean streams in storm water drain is monitored on daily basis.

7 The industries, where waste water/effluent flows through the storm water drains even during the dry season will install continuous systems for monitoring the storm water quality for pH, ammonia and fluoride. If required, storm water will be routed through effluent treatment plant before discharging. An action plan will be submitted by June 2003 and necessary action will be taken by June 2004.

As indicated above at para 6.0, all outgoing effluents are regularly monitored.

Air Pollution Management 1 All the upcoming urea plants will have urea

prilling towers based on natural draft so as to minimize urea dust emissions.

In case of going for new plants, Natural Draft system will be considered.

2 The existing urea plants, particularly, the plants having forced draft prilling towers, will install appropriate systems (e.g. scrubber, etc.) for achieving existing norms of urea dust emissions. In this regard, industries will submit action plan by June 2003 and completion of necessary actions by June 2004.

We are operating two Urea plants having forced draft Prilling Towers. Both these Plants have cyclones and scrubbers to achieve existing norms of Urea dust emission. The emissions are within the norms specified by GPCB. Moreover, Vibro Priller has been installed in Urea – II plant for reduction of dust emission. Avg. conc. of urea dust for the year 2017-18 is 0.61 Kg/T for Urea-I and 0.72 Kg/T for Urea –II plant (limit 2.0 Kg/T).

3 The sulphuric acid plants having SCSA system will switch over to DCDA system by March 2004 to meet the emission standard for SO2 as 2 kg/tonne of H2SO4 produced. An action plan for this will be submitted by June 2003.

We are operating two Sulfuric Acid plants having capacity of 1350 MTPD and 400 MTPD respectively. Both plants are having DCDA System. The emission of SO2 is less than the specified limit i.e. 2 kg/T of Sulfuric Acid production. Avg. conc. of SO2 for the year 2017-18 is 1.19 kg/T for SA-III and 1.58Kg/T for SA-IV plant. (684 mg/Nm3-SA III plant, 789.33 mg/Nm3-SA IV plant)

4 Sulphuric acid plants having DCDA system will improve the conversion and absorption efficiencies of the system as well as scrubbers to achieve SO2 emissions of 2 kg/tonne of acid produced in case of plants having capacity above 300 tpd and 2.5 kg/tonne in case of plants having capacity up to 300 tpd. An action plan will be submitted by June 2003 and emission levels will be complied with by September 2004.

As indicated at Pt.No. 3 above, we are already achieving SO2 emissions with optimum efficiencies.

5 Stack height for sulphuric acid plants will be provided as per the guidelines and on the basis of normal plant operations (and not

As per the guidelines, adequate stack height provided in both Sulphuric Acid plants and gaseous emissions are released only through



when the scrubbers are in use) by June 2003. The scrubbed gases are to be let out at the same height of the stack.

stacks. Stack Height: SA III plant -52 m; SA-IV plant – 100 m

6 An action plan for providing proper dust control systems at rock phosphate grinding unit in phosphoric acid plants / single super phosphate plants, so as to achieve particulate emission levels of 150 mg/NM3 will be submitted by September 2003 and complied with by March 2004.

Scrubbing system is already provided at rock phosphate grinding mill to control dust emission well below of 150 mg /Nm3. Avg. conc. of dust for the year 2017-18 is 126.4 mg/Nm3.

7 Particulate as well as gaseous fluoride will be monitored and adequate control systems will be installed by June 2004 to achieve the norms on total fluoride emissions (25 mg / NM3).

Particulate & Fluoride emissions are monitored regularly at GSFC and due to the adequate control systems in place the total fluorides remains well below the specified norm of 25 mg/Nm3. Avg. conc. of fluoride for the year 2017-18 is as under : Phosphoric Acid plant: 8.52 mg/Nm3. DAP A Train : 7.51 mg/Nm3 DAP B Train : 8.03mg/Nm3

8 Continuous SO2 emission monitoring systems will be installed in sulphuric acid plants (having capacity 200 tpd and above) by March 2004. Action plan for this will be submitted by June 2003.

GSFC has provided continuous SO2 emission monitoring system in both Sulfuric Acid Plants.

9 Regular monitoring of ambient air quality with regard to SO2, NOx, PM, SO3, fluoride and acid mist will be carried out.

GSFC carries out regular ambient air quality monitoring at the periphery and nearby villages with regard to SO2, NOx, PM10, PM2.5 and Ammonia as well as SO3, Fluoride and Acid Mist parameters. Monthly avg. results are online submitted to GPCB. Moreover, 4 Nos. online AAQMS are in operation at the periphery of premise and connected to GPCB & CPCB server.

Solid Waste Management

1 Gypsum will be effectively managed by providing proper lining, dykes with approach roads and monitoring of groundwater quality around storage facilities. Accumulated gypsum will be properly capped. In this regard, action plan will be submitted by June 2003 and for compliance by December 2003.

Gypsum ponds at GSFC are lined with impervious liner. Proper approach roads are also provided around the gypsum storage site. The gypsum taken from the gypsum pond is stored on impervious lined area from where it is sold to the farmers for soil conditioning. Monitoring of ground water quality is also carried out on quarterly basis at surrounding areas.

2 An action plan for proper handling, storage and disposal of spent catalyst having toxic metals will be submitted by June 2003 and implemented by September 2003. The industry will also explore recovery/buy-back of spent catalyst by September 2003.

The spent catalysts are packed in drums & stored in separate storage area. The spent catalysts are sold to MOEF / CPCB registered Recyclers. The details of the catalyst sold are regularly submitted to GPCB. Spent V2O5 catalyst is disposed-off at landfill site.

3 Carbon slurry, sulphur muck and chalk will be properly managed and disposed of in properly designed landfill either within

The chalk generation through gypsum route had been discontinued since 1997.The chalk accumulated till 1997 has been encapsulated



premises or in common facility. Action plan on this will be submitted by June 2003 and implemented by March 2004.

as per the recommendation of National Productivity Council. Ground sulphur muck is reused by mixing with Phosphogypsum from Feb. 2018.

4 Existing stock of chromium and arsenic bearing sludge will be properly disposed by December 2003. Industries will also explore recovery of chromium from the sludge. CPCB will provide guidelines for proper disposal of the sludge.

The arsenic sludge generated from our old Ammonia Plants had been disposed-off after solidification and stabilization in Secured Land-Fill Site of M/s. Gujarat Enviro Protection & Infrastructure Ltd. (GEPIL) in year 2004.

10.12 SUMMARY For proposed expansion of Ammonium Sulphate plant, land along with plant infrastructure is already

available in existing GSFC complex only one control room will be constructed. Hence no major

pollution will be occurred due to construction of control room. During operation phase, fresh water

requirement of 39.0 KLD will be met through French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own

source). Sewage (2.0 KLD) will be generated from staff and will be disposed-off through septic

tank/soak pit. Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate will be sent to

Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in process. Cyclone separator is already in place to control

particulate matter emission from dryer. Moreover, online monitoring system shall be installed for PM

and will be connected to CPCB & GPCB server. No Solid waste generation from proposed

Ammonium Sulphate-I plant except used oil. Total 640.0 L/annum used oil will be stored in drums

separately and sell to registered refinery. Food waste generated from canteen is treated in the

compost pit. Moreover, GSFC has recently installed compost machine for the same for Entire GSFC

Complex. Rs. 1.0 Lakhs per annum as recurring cost will be allocated for Occupational Health and

Safety. A budget of Rs. 8.75 Lakhs is allocated for Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) under proposed expansion project and will be implemented in next 3 years after implementation of project. GSFC has already develop 118.70 Hectares (more than 33%) greenbelt

area of total land i.e. 328 Ha. GSFC has constructed 16 water harvesting structure (Recharge well &

Furrat system) in phase manner in 2009 & 2012. The filtrations rate is in the in the range of 65-70

M3/ Hr. of each wells. The existing Environmental and Safety Management Cell (EMC) as an

integrated managerial body from various disciplines to co-ordinate the project activities concerned

with implementation of environment control measures and management.



11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 11.0 GENERAL Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. decided to revamp and operate ideal existing Ammonium

Sulphate –I Plant at existing GSFC complex i.e. P.O. Fertilizer Nagar–391750, District – Vadodara,

of Gujarat state. GSFC has proposed to expand production capacity within existing unit and falls in

Schedule 5 (a) Category ―A‖ of EIA Notification – 2006. GSFC was the first Company in India to

establish a Caprolactam plant in the year 1974. The EIA report includes description of the baseline

environment, anticipated environmental impact with the mitigation measures, the proposed

environmental monitoring program, risk assessment along with the disaster management plan,

project benefits, environmental management plan and summary of the EIA study.

11.1 INTRODUCTION This project is for the production of Ammonium Sulphate in Existing premises of GSFC Complex at

PO Fertilizer Nagar, Vadodara Gujarat under category of Chemical Fertilizer (all product except

Single Super Phosphate) with production capacity of 1,46,000 TPA by Gujarat State Fertilizers &

Chemicals Ltd. Proposed project, fall under schedule 5(a) Category ―A‖ – [All projects including all

Single Super Phosphate with H2SO4 production except granulation of chemical fertilizers.] of the

schedule of EIA Notification – 2006 and amendments thereafter. The proposed project is to be

developed within the already developed industrial area before year 2006, hence public hearing is not

applicable as per OM J-11011/321/2016-IA-II(I) dated 27/04/2018. Capital cost of this project is

875.0 Lakhs. There is no litigation pending against the project and/or land. EIA study has been

conducted prior to commissioning of project and in accordance with the Terms of Reference (ToR)

issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The said revamping of AS-1 plant will be done in the existing plant AS-I. Expansion in existing plant

facility for production of Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I) with having capacity 1,46,000 TPA by Gujarat

State Fertilizers & Chemicals at PO Fertilizer Nagar, NH-8, Taluka & District- Vadodara, Gujarat.

Ltd. No National park and wild life sanctuary falls within 10 km radius of study area. The cost of this

project is Rs. 875 Lakhs. The land requirement for the expansion is 2240 m2. For revamping of

Ammonium Sulphate plant, land along with plant infrastructure is already available in existing GSFC

complex thus no additional land shall be procured by the industry for expansion. Water will be

sourced from French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own source). Total 0.5 MW Power

requirement will be fulfilled by existing power generation plant i.e. wind mill and joint venture with

GIPCL. Further GSFC has connectivity with MGVCL. For expansion the additional requirement for

manpower will be 50 Nos. during operation phase. The major raw materials required for expansion

are ammonia and sulphuric acid. The infrastructure facilities near the site are well developed.

Approach road are well connected with national highway.

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT S. No. Parameters Baseline Status 1. Ambient Air Quality i. PM10 62.7- 86.2 µg/m3

ii. PM2.5 32.1 – 46.2 µg/m3

iii. SO2 8.5 – 16.8 µg/m3

iv. NOx 13.7-20.8 µg/m3



S. No. Parameters Baseline Status Based on comparison study of results with NAAQS for tested parameters, it is interpreted that

ambient air quality of studied locations is good as all the results of tested parameters are well

within the limit.




interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF & CC. Looking

towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise

reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.







Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soil at the project site is saline (EC>0.8 dS/m),

which requires application of liberal quantity of organic manures and provision of drainage. The

soils are high in nitrogen, low in phosphorus and medium to high in available potassium. The

levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn are within the limits. However, for successful greenbelt

development liberal quantity of organic manure (50 tons/ha) and double the quantity of

recommended doses of P fertilizer should be applied. The nitrogen and potassium are adequate;

hence 20 % less than the recommended dose for green belt should be applied. The soil at the

project site should be periodically monitored for EC, pH and ESP as well as OC (organic carbon),

available P and K status.


ii. TDS 574-1208 mg/L

iii. Total Hardness 258-732 mg/L




Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms, it is interpreted that water

qualities of studied locations meet with the drinking water standards except Bajwa and Dashrath

Village.Total Hardness value for Bajwa and Dashrath village was found 640 mg/L and 732 mg/L

which is more than the value given as permissible limit. Iron content has also been found higher

side in these two villages Bajwa and Dashrath. This indicates that water quality for Bajwa and

Dashrath village is not fit for drinking purpose. Quality of water for the samples taken from other

villages can be considered good and these water sources can be used in drinking purposes in

absence of alternate source as all the results are not within the desirable limit as per drinking

water norms IS 10500; 2012. Rainwater harvesting and ground water recharging may be helpful



S. No. Parameters Baseline Status to improve the quality of water.


ii. TDS 358-1112 mg/L

iii. TSS 10-14 mg/L

iv. DO 4.6 -5.0 mg/L

v. COD 12-18 mg/L

vi. BOD <4-8 mg/L



7. Socio Economic During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all

villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 13.45% to 91.39%. On the

basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote education

among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-

workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper

training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number

of employment can be generated.

11.4 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES Impacts on land environment, air environment, water environment, noise environment, biological

environment, socioeconomic environment and risk and hazard is been introduced in the chapter

with their mitigation measures for both during construction as well as operation phase. Matrix study

and its representation has also been carried out and briefed in chapter. This phase involves the


will be no major anticipated environmental impacts due to construction activity. During Operation

phase, The highest scoring of impact occurred during manufacturing of ammonium sulphate. The




it is suggested to take crucial mitigation measures. Total Cumulative Score for various

Environmental Parameters with mitigation measure is +96 not appreciable beneficial impact during

operation phase. Air modeling study is also been introduced in the chapter showing maximum and

minimum GLC in the surrounding areas.. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles and APCM

will reduce the impact on air environment. Unit has developed more than 33% of greenbelt within

the premises. A budget of Rs. 50.0 lakhs as capital for EMP will be allotted. Positive impact is

envisaged on Socio economic environment. Proper PPEs will be provided to all the workers.

11.5 ANALYSIS of ALTERNATIVE SITE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) No alternative site has been selective for revamping the AS-I Plant at PO Fertilizernagar, Vadodara,

Gujarat by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. for the production of Ammonium Sulphate with

capacity 1,46,000 TPA. Other important parameters viz. Manufacturing Technology, Fuel,

Transportation, Water, Employment etc. has been assessed and found satisfactory.

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN The environment monitoring for the AS-I plant during operation will be conducted as per the consent

and GPCB guidelines. The EMC is being/will be responsible for all activities. All environment

monitoring and relevant operational data is being/ will be stored in a relational database. Regular

data extracts and interpretive reports are being/ will be sent to the regulator.

11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES Additional studies have been carried out as per the ToR. Public hearing is not applicable for

Expansion in Existing Plant Facility (AS-I) for production of Ammonium Sulphate by Gujarat State

Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd. as this project is located in Notified Industrial Area declared under

Gujarat Industrial Act 1962 vide Government of Gujarat I.M.E.D Notification No. GHU-87-46-GID-

1686(i) 2338(GI) dated 31st August 1987 and as per OM J-11011/321/2016-IA.II (I) dated 27th April

2018. Qualitative and Quantitative both risk has been analyzed. Storage and Handling of Sulphuric

acid and Ammonia have been considered for Qualitative risk assessment. Risk Assessment and

hazard identification and control measures of the same have been carried out. GSFC has

developed Emergency preparedness plan and Disaster Management Plan. Fire alarm panel

(electrical) will cover the entire plant. The fire protection system for the unit is being/will be provided

for early detection, alarm, containment and suppression of fires. The Occupational Health Centre

with adequate facilities are/will available at plant site to maintained round the clock by a

compounder cum dresser and a doctor. All records of On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan are

being/shall be well maintained and preserved.

11.8 PROJECT BENEFIT The project activity and the management are being/will support the local villagers and provide other

forms of assistance for the development of public amenities in this region. The management will

recruit skilled and unskilled workers from the nearby villages. At present there are 5000 people

involved in operation phase. After expansion, total man power will be 5050 in operation phase.

During construction phase, 50 workers will be employed by GSFC. GSFC has spent approx. Rs.

79.0 Crores under CSR activities since last four years. Housing facilities, transportation, medical,

educational and other civic amenities will get a boost in future. This is envisaged as a major positive

benefit to this area.



11.9 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS During the scoping/ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was

suggested by the appraisal committee. Hence, conducting a detailed CBA is deemed not necessary

for this particular project.

11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN For proposed expansion of Ammonium Sulphate plant, land along with plant infrastructure is already

available in existing GSFC complex only one control room will be constructed. Hence, no major

pollution will be occurred due to construction of control room. During operation phase, fresh water

requirement of 39.0 KLD will be met through French well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC‘s own

source). Sewage (2.0 KLD) will be generated from staff and will be disposed-off through septic

tank/soak pit. Effluent from proposed expansion plant in form of condensate will be sent to

Phosphoric Acid plant for reuse in process. Cyclone separator is already in place to control

particulate matter emission from dryer. Moreover, online monitoring system shall be installed for PM

and will be connected to CPCB & GPCB server. No Solid waste generation from proposed

Ammonium Sulphate-I plant except used oil. Total 640.0 L/annum used oil will be stored in drums

separately and sell to registered refinery. Food waste generated from canteen is treated in the

compost pit. Moreover, GSFC has recently installed compost machine for the same for Entire GSFC

Complex. Rs. 1.0 Lakhs per annum as recurring cost will be allocated for Occupational Health and

Safety. A budget of Rs. 8.75 Lakhs is allocated for Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) under proposed expansion project and will be implemented in next 3 years after implementation of project. GSFC has already develop 118.70 Hectares (more than 33%) greenbelt

area of total land i.e. 328 Ha. GSFC has constructed 16 water harvesting structure (Recharge well &

Furrat system) in phase manner in 2009 & 2012. The filtrations rate is in the in the range of 65-70

M3/ Hr. of each wells. The existing Environmental and Safety Management Cell (EMC) as an

integrated managerial body from various disciplines to co-ordinate the project activities concerned

with implementation of environment control measures and management.

11.11 CONCLUSION & RECOMMENDATIONS Proposed expansion project is located in existing GSFC complex i.e. P.O. Fertilizer Nagar–391750,

District – Vadodara, of Gujarat state and would not have any considerable impact on environment

with efficient mitigation measures implemented. The waste generation in form of gas (flue and

process), effluent and solid waste may have impacts on environmental parameters but the

proponent has planned and installed most efficient technologies for prevention of emission and

treatment of effluent. Further, the solid/hazardous waste will be disposed-off separately. Hence

there would not be any considerable impacts on environment. With the implementation of the

mitigation measures and EMP, the proposed expansion project activities will have positive

beneficial effect on the local population, economic output and other related facilities viz.

employment, development of business, transportation etc. Rapid risk assessment including

emergency response plan and DMP has been prepared to handle any sort of emergencies.

Hence, looking to the overall project justification, process, pollution potential and pollution

prevention measures /technologies installed by proponent, environmental management activities of

proponent; it has been concluded that the proposed project would not have any considerable

impacts on environment as well as socio-economic and ecological conditions of the project area.

Hence proposed expansion project is considered environmentally safe.



12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

12.0 GENERAL Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. (GSFC) Vadodara has appointed Eco Chem Sales &

Services (ECSS) Surat for carrying out this Environmental Impact Assessment Study as per the EIA

Notification, 2006 as amended till date. ECSS has approved EIA coordinators and Functional Area

Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in twenty two (22) approved sectors by

NABET, Quality Council of India, New Delhi.

12.1 ABOUT CONSULTANT Eco Chem Sales & Services (ECSS) is one of the leading company in the field of Environmental

Consultancy Service providers in India. ECSS is NABET Accredited Consultant for conducting

Environmental Impact Assessment Studies (EIA) and obtaining Environmental Clearances. ECSS

also take up services which include and are not limited to Environment Monitoring & Testing,

Environment Audit, Risk Assessment Studies, Turnkey solutions, Operation and Maintenance

contracts and obtaining various statutory clearances from Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and State Pollution Control Boards. ECSS also has branch offices in

Vapi, Dahej and Vadodara, Gujarat. The ECSS have accreditation from NABET/QCI for 22 sectors

with certificate number NABET/EIA/1720/RA 051 valid up to 3rd Feb. 2020

12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS Eco Chem Sales & Services carried out work presented in this report with active co-operation from Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd., Vadodara. The name of the team members associated in the preparation and studies of EIA/EMP is mentioned in Table 12.1.

Table 12.1: Team Members (TM)/FAA involved in EIA studies and EMP Preparation Name of

Internal Team Member

Activity / Area Involvement Under

Approved Expert Actual Work Performed

Dr. Ashok K. Rathoure

Quality Check, EIA Report

writing, FAE, TM-WP

Project Planning; Site visit; Primary Survey; Technical discussion with client; Water balance; Mass balance, Presentation before committee; Review of each chapters in EIA report; Guidance in writing and modification in Contents; EMP; budgetary outlay.

EIA Coordinator

Ms. Priyanka Verma

Help in Report writing

Coordination for data collection, chapter preparations, compiling the primary & secondary data into EIA report.

EIA Coordinator

Noise and Vibration (NV)

Assisted FAE for identification of monitoring locations, coordination with laboratory data.

FAE NV

Mr. Vinay Patil Ecology &

Biodiversity Assisted FAE for identification of floral and faunal species, etc.

FAE EB

Mrs. Kanchan Prabha

Rathoure

Socio-economics (SE)

Baseline socio-economic surveys through interviews/questionnaire from the surrounding areas/villages of the proposed project, impact identification and mitigation measures for incorporating to EIA documentation.

FAE SE

12.3 LABORATORY INVOLVED FOR BASELINE MONITORING & OTHER ANALYSIS One season baseline monitoring and analysis has been done by Ecosystem Management Resource

Pvt. Ltd., NABL accredited Laboratory, Certificate No. TC – 6603, issued on dated 26/10/2017 and

valid till 25.10.2019. Certificate of NABL is attached as Annexure VI.

chemical fertilizer manufacturing unit (ammonium...

Documents